Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Republic First Bancorp Inc.

Republic First Bancorp Inc.

frbk · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker frbk
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Republic First Bancorp Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019 ANNUAL REPORT

THE POWER OF RED IS BACK

 
CHAIRMAN’S LETTER

Dear Shareholders, Customers, Investors,  
Team Members and Friends,

2019 marked another exceptional year in balance  
sheet growth for “The Power of Red is Back” expansion 
campaign. We celebrated the opening of four new stores 
to great fanfare, including our first two locations in New 
York City. As we continue to enter new markets, we 
remain laser-focused on turning customers into FANS.

We accomplish this by staying true to our customer-
centric philosophy that embraces:

•   Delivering the best banking experience across every 
delivery channel, in-store, online and via mobile 

•  Hiring local bankers serving local customers

•  Killing stupid bank rules

As a result of our unique growth model, the past  
12 months saw:

•  Assets increase 21% to $3.3 billion

•  Loans rise 22% to $1.7 billion 

•  Deposits increase 25% to $3 billion

Equally important, the ratio of non-performing assets 
continued to decline. While profitability remains 
challenged due to compression in our net interest margin, 
we are taking necessary steps to reduce expenses and 
improve earnings. 

Led by the success of our all-glass prototype store,  
we have achieved:

•   Deposit growth for new stores at an average  

rate of $30 million per year

•   Deposit growth for all stores at an average  

rate of $22 million per year

•   Loan growth in excess of 20% for  

three consecutive years 

We remained a leader in small business lending, with more 
than $55 million in new SBA loans originated over the last 
year. For six years in a row, we have been ranked as one of 
the top small business lenders in the tri-state area. We’ve 
also hired a lending team for New York City, focusing on 
talent with deep ties and relationships throughout the city. 
We’re excited to continue positioning Republic Bank as 
the preferred lender for small businesses. 

The hiring of Jack Allison, a banking technology 
veteran with more 30 years of experience, as our Chief 
Technology Officer was an important step in our steadfast 
commitment to enhancing the customer experience 
across every delivery channel. 

Our momentum is strong as customers gravitate to 
our unique, value-added, differentiated business model. 
“The Power of Red is Back.” 

THE BEST IS YET TO COME.

Vernon W. Hill, II,  
Chairman, Republic First Bancorp 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 
($ in millions, except per share data)

2019 % Change 

vs 2018

3 YEAR
AVERAGE
GROWTH RATE

2018

2017

2016

2015

$3,341

+21%

+20%

$2,753

$2,322

$1,924

$1,439

ASSETS

LOANS

NET INCOME
(before Tax)
NET INCOME
PER SHARE

1,748

+22%

+22%

DEPOSITS

2,999

+25%

+21%

(4.9)

-148%

-18%

1,437

2,393

10.2

1,162

965

875

2,063

1,678

1,249

6.0

4.8

2.4

$ (0.06)

-140%

-38%

$ 0.15

$ 0.15

$ 0.12

$0.06

($ in millions, except per share data)

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S LETTER
I am pleased to present the 2019 Annual Report of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FRBK) which recaps  
our financial progress, continued market expansion and purposeful community engagement. We remain steady  
in executing upon our “Power of Red is Back” controlled growth plan, which aims to provide customers with 
a one-of-a-kind, omnichannel banking experience unmatched by our competition.

Assets, loans and deposits continue to increase at rates that far surpass other financial institutions. Importantly,  
these increases are completely organic – we are growing without acquisitions. After several years of improvement 
in profitability, earnings in 2019 were impacted by the shape of the yield curve, in addition to the costs incurred 
to initiate our expansion into New York City. As we enter 2020, a number of cost control measures have been 
implemented to offset the challenges faced in growing revenue as a result of compression in the net interest margin.

As national and regional banks downsize their inflated branch networks, we are strategically building new stores  
in highly trafficked areas with identified customer demand. In addition to our entrance into the New York City 
market, we are also focusing on growing our presence in critical parts of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Customers 
are eager to open accounts at these new stores as they recall Vernon Hill’s best in class service model that we’re 
replicating today at Republic Bank.

Oak Mortgage, our residential mortgage division, is serving the home financing needs of customers throughout  
our footprint, perfectly complementing the suite of traditional banking services we offer. Oak Mortgage originated 
more than $450 million in mortgage loans over the last 12 months, making 2019 its strongest year to date.

As a bank dedicated to the communities we serve, we continue to take great pride in supporting the local 
populations, organizations and initiatives that matter most to our customers. In addition to the support we offer  
to a select nonprofit at each store opening, this year, we renewed our focus on improving youth financial literacy. 
We hosted dozens of our proprietary Money Zone sessions at elementary schools across the region, teaching 
students the importance of saving and budgeting. 

On behalf of the Board of Directors and our Executive Team, thank you for your unwavering support of our  
model and mission. We look forward to a successful 2020 together.

Harry D. Madonna  
CEO, Republic First Bancorp 

2019 ANNUAL REPORT  |  REPUBLIC BANK  |  01

 
 
 
 
STORE OPENINGS
Our aggressive growth plan,“The Power of Red is Back,” 
gained momentum in 2019 as we opened four new 
stores. We entered the Lumberton, NJ community in 
March, which marked our fifth location in Burlington 
County, and opened a store in Feasterville, PA in May  
as we continued our expansion into Bucks County.  
In the second half of the year, we officially established 
our presence New York City by cutting the ribbon at 
two locations in Manhattan. We remain committed to 
strategically growing our store network while providing 
customers with unparalleled levels of service and 
convenience.

TOTAL DEPOSITS

Average Annual Growth =      23%

$2,999

$2,393

$2,063

$1,678

$1,249

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i

$

$3,000

$2,750

$2,500

$2,250

$2,000

$1,750

$1,500

$1,250

$1,000

$750

$500

$250

$0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

90,000

75,000

60,000

45,000

30,000

15,000

0

Average Annual Growth =      35%

86,554

67,924

52,511

38,290

27,640

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

TOTAL LOANS

Average Annual Growth =      18%

$1,748

$1,437

$1,162

$965

$875

1,800

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i

$

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Feasterville, PA Grand Opening

TOTAL RETURN PERFORMANCE

Republic First Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite Index
SNL Bank Index

300

250

200

150

100

50

l

e
u
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

12/31/14

12/31/15

12/31/16

12/31/17

12/31/18

12/31/19

51st St.& 3rd Ave., NYC Grand Opening

02

 
 
 
 
 
STORE LOCATIONS

NYC Stores: 

14th St. & 5th Ave.
51st St. & 3rd Ave.

64th St. & 3rd Ave.

611

Southampton

476

202

King of
Prussia

76

Plymouth
Meeting

476

76

276

1

Feasterville

Fairless Hills

276

309

Abington

Bensalem

95

PENNSYLVANIA

1

13

Torresdale

Mayfair

476

Wynnewood

Lawrence 
Park

Media

476

Havertown

1

18th & Market

16th & Walnut

13

95

611

1

13

16th & Market

95

130

Cinnaminson

Moorestown

73

Cherry Hill 2

38

295

38

295

Lumberton

Evesboro

Lumberton

8th & Chestnut

95

130

Cherry Hill

70

70

Haddonfield

Marlton

295

N J   T U R N P I K E

42

Voorhees

30

Medford

295

45

322

130

NEW JERSEY

E

P I K

N

R

U

J   T

N

Deptford

55

Washington
Township

Gloucester
42
Township

A

.

C

.

E

X

P

W

Y

55

322

Berlin

73

30

Northfield

Glassboro

Sicklerville

Somers Point

Ocean City

322

Open 7 Days

Coming Soon

2019 ANNUAL REPORT  |  REPUBLIC BANK  |  03

 
PERSONAL BANKING
We’re not like other banks – building personal 
relationships with our customers is deeply ingrained in 
our culture, and our “Fans Not Customers” model is at 
the heart of all we do. Our goal is to make banking as 
easy and as convenient as possible to effectively meet 
our customers’ needs. Whether it is in-store, online or 
via mobile, we strive to exceed our customers’ 
expectations at every step of the way.

•   Open 7 Days  

early & late, 361 days a year

•   Absolutely FREE 

Personal Checking

•   Residential Mortgages

•   FREE Coin Counting  

for everyone1

•   ATM/Debit Card 

on the spot

•   Fee FREE ATMs2 

over 55,000 Allpoint® ATMs 
worldwide 

•   Bank Anywhere  

in-store, online, phone or mobile3

1   Some limitations or restrictions may apply for businesses.
2   For Republic Bank customers. 3  Text and data charges may apply.

COMMUNITY SERVICE
As a bank dedicated to the communities we serve,  
we take pride in championing the local organizations  
and initiatives that matter most to our customers.  
That’s why at each store opening we make a donation  
to an area non-profit in support of their mission.  
This year, that included the Feasterville Fire Company, 
Lumberton Township Emergency Squad and the  
Intrepid Fallen Heroes Fund. We also give back to  
the philanthropic organizations that align with our  
core values, including Girls on the Run, the YMCA  
and CONTACT of Burlington County, among others. 

04

Lumberton Township Emergency Squad

 
 
THE POWER OF RED 
RETURNS TO NEW YORK
2019 marked the important return of “The Power of 
Red” to New York City as we brought back the legendary 
banking experience that New Yorkers have been missing. 
We opened two new locations in Manhattan – one at 
14th Street and 5th Avenue, where a highly trafficked 
Commerce Bank once stood, and a second store at  
51st Street and 3rd Avenue. Additional stores are set to 
open in 2020 and beyond.

In 2003, when Chase Bank moves into the space upstairs, 
Commerce Bank takes over the corner of 14th St. & 5th Ave.

In 2008, TD Bank acquires Commerce Bank, and ultimately 
downsizes to the smaller space next door.

On July 12, 2019 the Power of Red returns to the corner  
of 14th St. & 5th Ave. 

2019 ANNUAL REPORT  |  REPUBLIC BANK  |  05

SURPRISE AND DELIGHT
As part of our ongoing Surprise and Delight Series,  
we hosted several pop-up events throughout 
Philadelphia. Outside our flagship store at 16th & 
Market Streets, we handed out free treats from local 
favorites such as Franklin Fountain, Federal Donuts 
and Philadelphia Water Ice. We also partnered with 
renowned art school Studio Incamminati to host a 
workshop at Roman Catholic High School where 
students drew a live subject – R Dog! The series aims  
to give back to our community and connect groups  
of people in unexpected ways.

MONEY ZONE
For more than five years, we have pioneered Money 
Zone, a one-of-a-kind interactive instructional program 
designed to introduce elementary school students to  
the fundamentals of making deposits and withdrawals,  
saving and earning money and creating a budget.  
We conducted more than 500 Money Zone classes 
throughout Pennsylvania and New Jersey in 2019 and 
look forward to bringing this proprietary program to  
New York in 2020.

06

BUSINESS BANKING
Republic Bank continues to be one of the top small 
business lenders in the tri-state region and we remain 
steadfast in our unique approach to doing business – 
delivering funding quickly and locally. We are proud to 
provide business owners with the necessary financing 
to establish and grow their companies and offer a 
comprehensive suite of products and services to make 
business banking simple and easy, including:

•   Absolutely FREE 

Business Checking*

•   Cash Management Solutions

•   Loans and Lines of Credit

•   Online Banking with Bill Pay

•   Business Visa® Credit Card

•   Small Business Lending

•   Commercial Real Estate

*Up to 600 checks/deposited items monthly for this account.

THE ENTREPRENEUR’S BANK
For the sixth year in a row, we demonstrated our support 
of small businesses by honoring two of our valued 
customers on their busiest shopping day of the year –  
Small Business Saturday. We brought employees, a 
festive street team and R Dog to Haddonfield, NJ to 
honor local mainstays Running Co. of Haddonfield and 
Sweet T’s Bakeshop by handing out $10 gift cards to 
incentivize purchases.

2019 ANNUAL REPORT  |  REPUBLIC BANK  |  07

 
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Harry D. Madonna
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew J. Logue
President 
Chief Operating Officer

Frank Cavallaro
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer

Jay Neilon
Executive Vice President  
Chief Credit Officer

Tracie Young
Executive Vice President
Chief Risk Officer

SENIOR OFFICERS

Sharon Hammel
Senior Vice President

Chief Retail Officer

Steve McWilliams 
Senior Vice President

Director of Commercial 
& Industrial Lending

Joseph Tredinnick
Senior Vice President

Jack Allison
Senior Vice President

Market President, PA & NJ

Chief Information Officer

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Harry D. Madonna

Barry L. Spevak

Andrew B. Cohen 

Brian P. Tierney, Esquire

Theodore J. Flocco, Jr., CPA

Harris Wildstein, Esquire

Lisa R. Jacobs, Esquire

Vernon W. Hill, II 
Chairman, Republic First Bancorp 

08

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
[ X ]  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

         or 

[     ]  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from ___ to ___. 

Commission File Number:  000-17007 

REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 
50 South 16th Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

23-2486815 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

19102 
(Zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 215-735-4422 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 

Trading 
Symbol(s) 

FRBK                            

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES [  ]   NO [X] 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES [  ]   NO [X] 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:  (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES [X]   NO [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 

Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months.  YES [X]   NO [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,  smaller reporting 
company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting 
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer [   ] 
Non-Accelerated filer [   ] 
Emerging growth company [   ] 

Accelerated filer [X] 
Smaller reporting company [   ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  [  ]   NO  [X] 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $257,259,804 based on the last sale 

price on Nasdaq Global Market on June 30, 2019.   

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 
Title of Class 

58,850,778 
Number of Shares Outstanding as of March 13, 2020 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which Definitive Proxy Statement 
will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 
2019, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee Report, the Audit 
Committee  Report  and  any  other  information  in  such  proxy  statement  that  is  not  required  to  be  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  
Form 10-K, shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference or filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I: 
Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II: 
Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

PAGE 

1 

13 

27 

27 

27 

27 

28 

29 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   

30 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

74 

74 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

141 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

PART III: 
Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV: 
Item 15. 

Signatures 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

ii 

141 

142 

142 

142 

142 

143 

143 

144 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1:  Business 

PART I 

Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the registrant, Republic First Bancorp, Inc., is referred 
to  as 
is 
the  “Company”  or  as  “we,”  “our”  or  “us”. The  Company’s  website  address 
www.myrepublicbank.com. The information on this website is not and should not be considered part of this 
Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. This website is, and is only intended to 
be, for reference purposes only. The Company makes available free of charge on or through its website its 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q  and  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”)  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  the  Company 
electronically files  such  material  with, or furnishes  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission (the 
“SEC”).   

Forward Looking Statements 

This  document  contains  “forward-looking  statements,”  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  U.S.  Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These statements can be identified by reference to a future period 
or  periods  or  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “would  be,”  “could  be,”  “should  be,”  “probability,”  “risk,” 
“target,” “objective,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” 
“expect”  and  similar  expressions  or  variations  on  such  expressions.  These  forward-looking  statements 
include, among others:  statements of goals, intentions and expectations, statements regarding the impact 
of accounting pronouncements, statements regarding prospects and business strategy, statements regarding 
allowance for loan losses, asset quality and market risk and estimates of future costs, benefits and results. 

Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results 
to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. For example, and in addition 
to the “Risk Factors” discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, risks and uncertainties can arise with changes 
in or related to: 

  general economic conditions, including turmoil in the financial markets and related efforts of 

government agencies to stabilize the financial system; 

 

 

 

the  adequacy  of  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  our  methodology  for  determining  such 
allowance; 

adverse changes in our loan portfolio and credit risk-related losses and expenses; 

concentrations  within  our  loan  portfolio,  including  our  exposure  to  commercial  real  estate 
loans, and to our primary service area; 

 

changes in interest rates; 

  business conditions in the financial services industry, including competitive pressure among 
financial services companies, new service and product offerings by competitors, price pressures 
and similar items; 

  deposit flows; 

 

loan demand; 

1 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

the  regulatory  environment,  including  evolving  banking  industry  standards  and  changes  in 
legislation or regulation; 

  our securities portfolio and the valuation of our securities; 

 

accounting principles, policies and guidelines as well as estimates and assumptions used in the 
preparation of our financial statements; 

 

rapidly changing technology; 

  health emergencies, including the spread of infectious diseases or pandemics; 

 

litigation liabilities, including costs, expenses, settlements and judgments; and 

  other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our 

operations, pricing, products and services. 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect 
management’s beliefs only as of the date hereof.  Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do 
not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements 
to  reflect  any  changed  assumptions,  any  unanticipated  events  or  any  changes  in  the  future.  Significant 
factors  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  operations  and  future  prospects  of  the  Company  are 
detailed  in  the  “Risk  Factors”  section  included  under  Item  1A  of  Part  I  of  this  Annual  Report  on  
Form 10-K.  Readers should carefully review the risk factors included in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K and in other documents the Company files from time to time with the SEC. 

General 

Republic First Bancorp, Inc. was organized and incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania in 1987 and is the holding company for Republic First Bank, which does business under the 
name Republic Bank, and we may refer to as Republic or the Bank throughout this document.  Republic 
offers  a  variety  of  credit  and  depository  banking  services.  Such  services  are  offered  to  individuals  and 
businesses primarily in the Greater Philadelphia, Southern New Jersey, and the New York City area through 
offices  and  branches  in  Philadelphia,  Bucks,  Delaware,  and  Montgomery  Counties  in  Pennsylvania, 
Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, and Gloucester Counties in New Jersey, and New York County in New York. 

Historically, our primary objective had been to position ourselves as an alternative to the large financial 
institutions for commercial banking services in the Greater Philadelphia and Southern New Jersey region.  
However, in 2008, we made an important and strategic shift in our business approach, redirecting our efforts 
toward the creation of a major retail bank that would meet an important need in our existing marketplace. 
Focused on delivering high levels of customer service and satisfaction, driving innovation, developing a 
bold brand and creating shareholder value, Republic Bank sought to offer a banking experience that would 
turn customers into Fans.  As other banks began to turn toward automation for growth, Republic Bank took 
a different approach and chose not only to embrace advances in technology, but to also define itself by the 
personal touch. 

To achieve such a transformation, we recruited several key banking executives who had  previously 
served in leadership roles at Commerce Bank, upon which this business model draws inspiration.  With a 
strong management team in place, along with adequate capital resources to support this revitalized vision, 
we began to build a unique brand with the goal of establishing ourselves as a premier financial institution 
in the Philadelphia metropolitan area. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
An important part of that strategic shift toward creating a retail and customer focused bank was the 
decision in 2010 to rebrand our stores from Republic First Bank to Republic Bank, which had been the 
name under which we had initially incorporated and operated from 1988-1996.  In support of that rebrand, 
we  also  renovated  and  remodeled  the  majority  of  our  existing  branches  which  refer  to  and  operate  as 
stores.  Further,  we  embraced  critical  service  changes  that  reframed  the  Republic  Bank  brand  and 
experience  in  the  eyes  of  the  consumer  to  include  expanded  hours,  absolutely  free  checking,  free  coin 
counting, no ATM surcharges, mobile banking and much more.  

From  a lending  perspective,  we also  shifted  away  from  our historic  approach, which  was  primarily 
focused on business banking and isolated commercial lending transactions, in particular commercial real 
estate loans.  While restructuring our loan portfolio and deemphasizing the origination of commercial real 
estate loans, we also undertook a detailed review of our more significant credit relationships.  This review 
allowed us to reduce exposure, enhance our allowance for loan loss methodology and commit to originate 
fewer commercial real estate loans in an effort to reduce our credit concentrations in that particular category. 

In  December  2011,  we  completed  the  sale  of  several  distressed  commercial  real  estate  loans  and 
foreclosed properties to a single investor.  This transaction dramatically reduced our non-performing asset 
balances and significantly improved our credit quality metrics. This loan sale was a cornerstone transaction 
in the transformation of Republic Bank. 

With these significant changes implemented, Republic Bank was then well-positioned to execute an 
aggressive expansion plan which was given the title, “The Power of Red is Back.”  To support this growth 
strategy, we completed the sale of $45 million of common stock through a private placement offering in 
April 2014 which provided the necessary capital to begin our aggressive expansion plan. 

During 2016, we expanded our product offerings through the addition of a residential mortgage lending 
team. We acquired Oak Mortgage Company in July 2016 which has been fully integrated and became a 
division  of  the  Bank.  Oak  Mortgage  is  headquartered  in  Marlton,  NJ  and  is  licensed  to  do  business  in 
Pennsylvania,  Delaware,  New  Jersey,  and  Florida  providing  our  customers  with  opportunities  in  the 
residential lending market. The Oak Mortgage team has been a tremendous fit for Republic’s commitment 
to extraordinary customer service and has proven to be a perfect complement to the Bank’s network of store 
locations. 

To strengthen our capital position and prepare for the next stage of growth and expansion, we completed 
a capital raise in the amount of $100 million through a registered direct offering of our common stock in 
December 2016. At the same time, Vernon W. Hill, II became a member of the Board of Directors and was 
appointed  Chairman  of  Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  He  has  been  a  major  investor  and  consultant  to 
Republic since 2008. Mr. Hill is often credited with reinventing the concept of Retail Banking. He was the 
Founder  and  Chairman  of  Commerce  Bancorp,  a  $50  billion  Retail  Bank  headquartered  in  metro 
Philadelphia, which grew to 450 locations along the east coast before its sale in 2007.  

The  aggressive  expansion  plan  has  produced  strong  results  from  a  balance  sheet  perspective  and 
continues  to  build  momentum.  Over  the  last  six  years,  we  have  opened  eighteen  new  stores  using  our 
signature glass building. During 2019, we expanded our store network in the Southern New Jersey area by 
opening a new location in Lumberton and expanded in the Greater Philadelphia area with a new store in 
Feasterville, PA. During 2019, we also expanded into the New York market with the grand opening of two 
stores located at 14th Street & 5th Avenue and 51st Street & 3rd Avenue in Manhattan. 

3 

 
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
As of December 31, 2019, we had total assets of approximately $3.3 billion, total shareholders’ equity 
of  approximately  $249.2  million,  total  deposits  of  approximately  $3.0  billion,  net  loans  receivable  of 
approximately $1.7 billion, and a net loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We have 
one reportable  segment: community banking. The community bank  segment  primarily  encompasses the 
commercial loan and deposit activities of Republic, as well as residential mortgage and other consumer 
loan products in the area surrounding its stores. We provide banking services through the Bank, and do not 
presently engage in any activities other than traditional banking activities. 

Republic Bank 

Republic First Bank is a commercial bank chartered pursuant to the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania, and is subject to examination and comprehensive regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation (FDIC) and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities. Republic First Bank is a 
subsidiary of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. Republic First Bank does business under the name of Republic 
Bank. The deposits held by the Bank are insured, up to applicable limits, by the Deposit Insurance Fund of 
the FDIC.   

Service Area / Market Overview 

Our primary service area currently consists of Greater Philadelphia, Southern New Jersey, and New 
York  City. We  presently  conduct  our  principal  banking  activities  through  twenty-nine  branch  locations 
which are commonly referred to as “stores” throughout this document to reflect our retail oriented approach 
to customer service and convenience. Twelve of these stores are located in Philadelphia and the surrounding 
suburbs  of  Plymouth  Meeting,  Wynnewood,  Abington,  Media,  Fairless  Hills,  and  Feasterville  in 
Pennsylvania. There are fifteen stores located in the Southern New Jersey market in Haddonfield, Voorhees, 
Glassboro,  Marlton,  Berlin,  Washington  Township,  Moorestown,  Sicklerville,  Medford,  Cherry  Hill, 
Gloucester Township, Evesboro, Somers Point, and Lumberton. There are two stores located in New York 
City at 14th Street & 5th Avenue and 51st Street & 3rd Avenue. Our commercial lending activities extend 
beyond our primary service area, to include other counties in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and New York as 
well  as  parts  of  Delaware,  Maryland,  and  other  out-of-market  opportunities.  Our  residential  lending 
activities also extend outside of our primary service area, to include other counties in Pennsylvania, New 
Jersey, and New York, as well as Delaware and Florida through our Oak Mortgage lending team. 

Competition 

We  face  substantial  competition  from  other  financial  institutions  in  our  service  area.  Competitors 
include Wells Fargo, BB&T, Citizens, PNC, Santander, TD Bank, and Bank of America, as well as many 
regional and local community banks. In addition, we compete directly with savings banks, savings and loan 
associations,  finance  companies,  credit  unions,  mortgage  brokers,  insurance  companies,  securities 
brokerage  firms, mutual  funds, money market  funds, private  lenders  and  other institutions  for  deposits, 
commercial loans, mortgages and consumer loans, as well as other services.  Competition among financial 
institutions  is  based  upon a  number  of factors,  including  the  quality  of  services rendered,  interest rates 
offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans and other credit services, service charges, the 
convenience  of  banking  facilities,  locations  and  hours  of  operation  and,  in  the  case  of  loans  to  larger 
commercial borrowers, applicable lending limits. Many of the financial institutions with which we compete 
have greater financial resources than we do, and offer a wider range of deposit and lending products. 

Our  legal  lending  limit  to  one  borrower  was  approximately  $38.2  million  at  December  31, 
2019.  Loans above this amount may be made if the excess over the lending limit is participated to other 
institutions.  We are subject to potential intensified competition from new branches of established banks in 
the area  as  well as  new  banks  that  could open  in our market  area.  There are  banks  and  other  financial 

4 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
institutions,  which  serve  surrounding  areas,  and  additional  out-of-state  financial  institutions,  which 
currently, or in the future, may compete in our market. We compete to attract deposits and loan applications 
both from customers of existing institutions and from customers new to our market and we anticipate a 
continued increase in competition in our service area. 

We  believe  that  an  attractive  niche  exists  serving  small  to  medium  sized  business  customers  not 
adequately  served  by  our  larger  competitors,  and  we  will  seek  opportunities  to  build  commercial 
relationships  to  complement  our  retail  strategy.  We  believe  small  to  medium-sized  businesses 
will continue to respond in a positive manner to the attentive and highly personalized service we provide. 

Products and Services 

We  offer  a  range  of  competitively  priced  banking  products  and  services,  including  consumer  and 
commercial  deposit  accounts,  checking  accounts,  interest-bearing  demand  accounts,  money  market 
accounts,  certificates  of  deposit,  savings  accounts,  sweep  accounts,  lockbox  services  and  individual 
retirement accounts and other traditional banking services, secured and unsecured commercial loans, real 
estate  loans,  construction  and  land  development  loans,  automobile  loans,  home  improvement  loans, 
mortgages, home equity and overdraft lines of credit, and other products.  We attempt to offer a high level 
of personalized service to both our retail and commercial customers. 

We also maintain a Small Business Lending team that specializes in the origination of loans guaranteed 
by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to provide much needed credit to small businesses 
throughout our service area.  This team has consistently been one of the top lenders under the SBA program 
in our region.  For the last several years they have been ranked as one of the top SBA lenders in the tri-state 
market of Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware based on the dollar volume of loan originations. 

We  are  members  of  the  STAR™  and  PLUS™  automated  teller  (ATM)  networks,  and  Allpoint  - 
America's Largest Surcharge Free ATM Network which enable us to provide our customers with free access 
to more than 55,000 ATMs worldwide. We currently have thirty-one proprietary ATMs located in our store 
network. 

Our  lending  activities  generally  are  focused  on  small  and  medium  sized  businesses  within  the 
communities that we serve. Commercial real estate loans represent the largest category within our loan 
portfolio, amounting to approximately 35% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2019. Repayment 
of these loans is, in part, dependent on general economic conditions affecting our customers and various 
businesses within the community. As a commercial lender,  we are subject to  credit risk.  Economic and 
financial conditions could have an adverse effect on the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. To 
manage the challenges that the economic environment may present we have adopted a conservative loan 
classification  system,  continually  review  and  enhance  our  allowance  for  loan  loss  methodology,  and 
perform a comprehensive review of our loan portfolio on a regular basis.   

With the addition of Oak Mortgage Company in 2016, we are now able to offer residential mortgage 
loan products to customers in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, Delaware, and Florida. A majority of 
the  residential  loans  originated  are  currently  sold  on  the  secondary  market  shortly  after  closing.  Oak 
Mortgage follows the established underwriting policies and guidelines of third party vendors with whom 
loans  are  being  sold  to  maintain  compliance,  but  credit  risk  still  exists  in  the  portfolio.  Repayment  of 
residential loans held in the portfolio is, in part, dependent on general economic conditions affecting our 
customers.   

Although management follows established underwriting policies and closely monitors loans through 
Republic’s loan review officer, credit risk is still inherent in the portfolio. The majority of Republic’s loan 

5 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
portfolio is collateralized with real estate or other collateral; however, a portion of the commercial portfolio 
is unsecured, representing loans made to borrowers considered to be of sufficient financial strength to merit 
unsecured financing.  Republic makes both fixed and variable rate commercial loans with terms typically 
ranging from one to five years. Variable rate loans are generally tied to the national prime rate of interest. 

Store Expansion Plans and Growth Strategy 

During 2019, we opened new stores in Lumberton, New Jersey and Feasterville, Pennsylvania utilizing 
our distinctive glass prototype building. We also opened two stores in Manhattan at 14th Street & 5th Avenue 
and 51st Street & 3rd Avenue. The Bank anticipates the continuation of its expansion strategy in the Metro 
Philadelphia market and New York City in 2020. However, as previously announced, the pace of new store 
openings will be slowed as we deal with the challenging nature of the current interest rate environment 
which has resulted in compression of the net interest margin and a decline in earnings. Relocation of other 
existing store locations may also occur in the future as we continue to enhance our brand and focus on 
constantly  improving  the  customer  experience.  The  opening  or  relocation  of  any  store  is  subject  to 
regulatory approval. 

The addition of Oak Mortgage in July 2016 provides us with new growth opportunities in the residential 
lending  market.  Oak  Mortgage  is  licensed  to  do  business  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  New  York, 
Delaware, and Florida and gives us the ability to serve both new and existing customers throughout our 
store network. We envision the expansion of the Oak Mortgage lending team along with the growth of our 
store network. 

Securities Portfolio  

We  maintain  an  investment  securities  portfolio.  We  purchase  investment  securities  that  are  in 
compliance  with our  investment  policies, which  are approved annually  by  our Board  of  Directors.  The 
investment policies address such issues as permissible investment categories, credit quality, maturities and 
concentrations.  At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  approximately  94%  and  92%,  respectively,  of  the 
aggregate dollar amount of the investment securities consisted of either U.S. government debt securities or 
U.S.  government  agency  issued  mortgage-backed  securities. Credit  risk  associated  with  these  U.S. 
government debt securities and the U.S. government agency securities is minimal, with risk-based capital 
weighting  factors  of  0%  and  20%,  respectively. The  remainder  of  the  securities  portfolio  consists  of 
municipal  securities,  corporate  bonds,  asset-backed  securities,  and  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB) 
capital stock. 

Supervision and Regulation 

General 

Republic,  as  a  Pennsylvania  state  chartered  bank,  is  not  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System 
(“Federal  Reserve”)  and  is  subject  to  supervision  and  regulation  by  the  FDIC  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Department of Banking and Securities. Our bank holding company is subject to supervision and regulation 
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 
as amended (“BHC Act”).  As a bank holding company, our activities and those of Republic are limited to 
the business of banking and activities closely related or incidental to banking, and we may not directly or 
indirectly acquire the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares or substantially 
all of the assets of any company, including a bank, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve. 

We  are  subject  to  extensive  requirements  and  restrictions  under  federal  and  state  law,  including 
requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may 

6 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
be granted and the interest that may be charged thereon, and limitations on the types of investments that 
may be made and the types of services that may be offered. Various federal and state consumer laws and 
regulations also affect the operations of Republic. In addition to the impact of regulation, commercial banks 
are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve attempting to control the money supply and 
credit availability in order to influence market interest rates and the national economy.    

The following discussion summarizes certain banking laws and regulations that affect us and Republic.   

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)  has 
had  a  broad  impact  on  the  financial  services  industry,  including  significant  regulatory  and  compliance 
changes including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and 
their  holding  companies;  (ii)  increased  capital  and  liquidity  requirements;  (iii) increased  regulatory 
examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) 
numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and 
soundness for, the financial services sector.  Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework 
for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal 
regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC.  A summary of 
certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below.  

• 

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision.  The federal banking agencies established 
minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies.  These new 
standards  are  summarized  under  “Capital  Adequacy”  below.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  requires  capital 
requirements to be countercyclical such that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic 
expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction consistent with safety and soundness. 

•  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).  The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB 
within the Federal Reserve. The CFPB is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations 
under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer 
financial products and services.  The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers for 
a  wide  range  of  consumer protection  laws  applicable to  banks  with  greater than  $10  billion  or more in 
assets.    Smaller  institutions  will  be  subject  to  rules  promulgated  by  the  CFPB,  but  will  continue  to  be 
examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. In addition, the 
Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent 
than  those  regulations  promulgated  by  the  CFPB  and  state  attorneys  general  are  permitted  to  enforce 
consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against state-chartered institutions. 

• 

 Deposit Insurance.   The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum deposit insurance 
amount to $250,000 for insured deposits.  Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which were 
mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, have revised the assessment base against which an insured depository 
institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) are calculated.  Under 
the  amendments,  the  assessment  base  is  no  longer  the  institution’s  deposit  base,  but  rather  its  average 
consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period.  Additionally, the 
Dodd-Frank  Act  made  changes  to  the  minimum  designated  reserve  ratio  of  the  DIF,  by  increasing  the 
minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by 2020 and 
eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio 
exceeds certain thresholds.  The Dodd- Frank Act also provided that, effective July 21, 2011, depository 
institutions may pay interest on demand deposits.  For further discussion of deposit insurance regulatory 
matters, see “Deposit Insurance and Assessments” below. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Transactions with Affiliates.  Under  federal  law,  we  are subject to restrictions  that  limit certain 
types of transactions between Republic and its non-bank affiliates.  In general, we are subject to quantitative 
and qualitative limits on extensions of credit, purchases of assets and certain other transactions involving 
us and our non-bank affiliates.  Transactions between Republic and its non-bank affiliates are required to 
be on arms length terms.  The Dodd-Frank Act enhanced the requirements for certain transactions with 
affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including expanding the definition of 
“covered  transactions”  and  “affiliates,”  as  well  as  increasing  the  amount  of  time  for  which  collateral 
requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. 

•  Transactions  with  Insiders.    Under  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  insider  transaction  limitations  are 
expanded  through  the  strengthening  of  loan  restrictions  to  insiders  and  the  expansion  of  the  types  of 
transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse 
repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions.  Restrictions have also been placed 
on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on 
market terms and, if representing more than 10% of capital, approved by the institution’s board of directors.  

•  Holding  Company  Capital  Levels.    The  Dodd-Frank  Act  requires  bank  regulators  to  establish 
minimum capital levels for holding companies that are at least as stringent as those applicable to depository 
institutions.    All  trust  preferred  securities,  or  TRUPs,  issued  prior  to  May  19,  2010  by  bank  holding 
companies with less than $15 billion in assets are permanently grandfathered in Tier 1 capital, subject to 
limitation of 25% of Tier 1 capital.   

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 

The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”), enacted in 1999, repealed the key provisions 
of the Glass Steagall Act so as to permit commercial banks to affiliate with investment banks (securities 
firms). It also amended the BHC Act to permit qualifying bank holding companies to engage in many types 
of financial activities that were not permitted for banks themselves and permitted subsidiaries of banks to 
engage in a broad range of financial activities that were not permitted for themselves. 

The result was to permit banking companies to offer a wider range of financial products and services 
to combine with other types of financial companies, such as securities and insurance companies. The impact 
of the GLB Act has, however, now been substantially limited by the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations issued 
by the Federal Reserve thereunder, specifically the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which will limit the ability of 
certain banks and their affiliates to invest in, or to engage in, non-banking activities for their own account.   

The  GLB  Act  created  a  new  type  of  bank  holding  company  called  a  “financial  holding  company” 
(“FHC”).  An  FHC  is  authorized  to  engage  in  any  activity  that  is  “financial  in  nature  or  incidental  to 
financial activities” and any activity that the Federal Reserve determines is “complementary to financial 
activities” and does not pose undue risks to the financial system.  Among other things, “financial in nature” 
activities  include  securities  underwriting  and  dealing,  insurance  underwriting  and  sales,  and  certain 
merchant banking activities.  A bank holding company qualifies to become an FHC if each of its depository 
institution  subsidiaries  is  “well  capitalized,”  “well  managed,”  and  has  a  rating  under  the  Community 
Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) of “satisfactory” or better.  A qualifying bank holding company becomes an 
FHC by filing with the Federal Reserve an election to become an FHC.  We have not elected to become an 
FHC.  Bank holding companies that do not qualify or elect to become FHCs will be limited in their activities 
to those previously permitted by law and regulation. 

In  addition,  the  GLB  Act  provided  significant  new  protections  for  the  privacy  of  customer 
information.  These  provisions  apply  to  any  company  the  business  of  which  is  engaging  in  activities 
permitted for an FHC, even if it is not itself an FHC.  The GLB Act subjected a financial institution to four 

8 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
new requirements regarding non-public information about a customer.  The financial institution must: adopt 
and disclose a privacy policy; give customers the right to “opt out” of disclosures to non-affiliated parties; 
not disclose any information to third party marketers; and follow regulatory standards to protect the security 
and confidentiality of customer information. 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“Sarbanes-Oxley”)  comprehensively  revised  the  laws  affecting 
corporate  governance,  auditing  and  accounting,  executive  compensation  and  corporate  reporting  for 
entities, such as us, with equity or debt securities registered under the Exchange Act. Among other things, 
Sarbanes-Oxley  and  its  implementing  regulations  have  established  new  membership  requirements  and 
additional responsibilities for our audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between us and 
our outside auditors (including restrictions on the types of non-audit services our auditors may provide to 
us), imposed additional responsibilities for our external financial statements on our chief executive officer 
and  chief  financial  officer,  and  expanded  the  disclosure  requirements  for  our  corporate  insiders.  The 
requirements are intended to allow shareholders to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of 
companies and directors. 

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends 

Dividend payments by Republic to the holding company are subject to the Pennsylvania Banking Code 
of 1965 (“Banking Code”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”). Under the Banking Code, no 
dividends may be paid except from “accumulated net earnings” (generally, undivided profits). Under the 
FDIA, an insured bank may pay no dividends if  the bank is in arrears in the payment  of any insurance 
assessment  due  to  the  FDIC.  Under  the  Banking  Code,  Republic  would  be  limited  to  $48.2  million  of 
dividends payable plus an additional amount equal to its net profit for 2020, up to the date of any such 
dividend declaration. However, dividends would be further limited in order to maintain capital ratios as 
discussed in “Capital Adequacy”. 

Federal  regulatory  authorities  have  adopted  standards  for  the  maintenance  of  adequate  levels  of 
regulatory  capital  by  banks.  Adherence  to  such  standards  further  limits  the  ability  of  Republic  to  pay 
dividends to us. 

Dividend Policy 

We  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock,  and  have  no  plans  to  pay  any  cash 
dividends in 2020 or in the foreseeable future.  See Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related 
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this Form 10-K for more information. 

Deposit Insurance and Assessments 

The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of 
federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and 
savings industries. The deposits of Republic are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the 
FDIC. As noted above, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been 
permanently increased to $250,000. 

As an FDIC-insured bank, Republic is subject to FDIC insurance assessments.  The FDIC regulations 
assess  insurance  premiums  for  small  insured  depository  institutions  based  on  a  risk-based  assessment 
system.  Under this assessment system, the FDIC evaluates the risk of each financial institution based on 

9 

 
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
regulatory  capital  ratios  and  other  supervisory  factors.  The  rules  base  assessments  on  an  institution’s 
average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity, as opposed to total deposits.   

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  Any future increase in insurance premiums 

may adversely affect our results of operations. 

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FDIC to take such steps as are necessary to increase the reserve 
ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020.  The reserve ratio is the DIF balance 
divided by estimated insured deposits.  The reserve ratio reached 1.36% on September 30, 2018.  Because 
the  reserve  ratio  has  reached  1.35%,  two  deposit  insurance  assessment  changes  occurred  under  FDIC 
regulations:  (1) surcharges on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion 
or more (large institutions) will cease; and (2) banks with assets of less than $10 billion, such as us, began 
to receive assessment credits for the portion of their assessments that contributed to the growth in the reserve 
ratio  from  between  1.15%  and  1.35%,  as  the  reserve  ratio  exceeded  1.38%  as  of  the  June  30,  2019 
assessment date, with credits received in September and December 2019. 

In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC collected Financing Corporation 
(“FICO”)  assessments  to  pay  interest  on  FICO  bonds.  FICO  bonds  were  issued  in  the  late  1980’s  to 
recapitalize the (former) Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation.  The last of the remaining FICO 
bonds matured in September 2019.  The last FICO assessment was collected on March 29, 2019. 

Capital Adequacy 

The  Federal  Reserve  has  issued  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  rules  applicable  to  U.S.  banking 
organizations such as the Company and Republic.  These guidelines are intended to reflect the relationship 
between the banking organization’s capital and the degree of risk associated with its operations based on 
transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet items.  The Federal Reserve may from 
time  to  time  require  that  a  banking  organization  maintain  capital  above  the  minimum  levels  discussed 
below, due to the banking organization’s financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. 

The  capital  adequacy  rules  define  qualifying  capital  instruments  and  specify  minimum  amounts  of 
capital as a percentage of assets that banking organizations are required to maintain.  Common equity Tier 1 
capital generally includes common stock and related surplus, retained earnings and, in certain cases and 
subject  to  certain  limitations,  minority  interest  in  consolidated  subsidiaries,  less  goodwill,  other  non-
qualifying  intangible  assets  and  certain  other  deductions.    Tier  1  capital  for  banks  and  bank  holding 
companies  generally  consists  of  the  sum  of  common  equity  Tier  1  elements,  non-cumulative  perpetual 
preferred  stock,  and  related  surplus  in  certain  cases  and  subject  to  limitations,  minority  interests  in 
consolidated subsidiaries that do not qualify as common equity Tier 1 capital, less certain deductions.  Tier 2 
capital  generally  consists  of  hybrid  capital  instruments,  perpetual  debt  and  mandatory  convertible  debt 
securities, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred 
stock, and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan losses.  The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital less 
certain  required  deductions  represents  qualifying  total  risk-based  capital.    Prior  to  the  effectiveness  of 
certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies were permitted to include trust preferred 
securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock in Tier 1 capital, subject to limitations.  However, the 
Federal  Reserve’s  capital  rule  applicable  to  bank  holding  companies  permanently  grandfathers  
non-qualifying  capital  instruments,  including  trust  preferred  securities,  issued  before  May  19,  2010  by 
depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, 
subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital.  In addition, under rules that became effective January 1, 2015, 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (positive  or  negative)  must  be  reflected  in  Tier  1  capital; 
however, we were permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated 
other comprehensive income from capital. We have made this election. 

10 

 
 
 
 
   
 
Under  the  capital  rules,  risk-based  capital  ratios  are  calculated  by  dividing  common  equity  Tier  1, 
Tier 1,  and  total  risk-based  capital,  respectively,  by  risk-weighted  assets.    Assets  and  off-balance  sheet 
credit equivalents are assigned to one of several categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative risk. 
Under applicable capital rules, Republic is required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio requirement  of  4.5%,  a minimum  Tier  1  capital  ratio  requirement  of  6%,  a  minimum  total  capital 
requirement of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4%. Under the rules, in order to avoid 
limitations on capital distributions (including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments 
to executive officers), a banking organization must hold a capital conservation buffer comprised of common 
equity Tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of 
total risk-weighted assets.  The capital conservation buffer, which is composed of common equity Tier 1 
capital, began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and was phased in over a three year period (increasing 
by  that  amount  on  each  January  1,  until  it  reached  2.5%  on  January  1,  2019).    Implementation  of  the 
deductions  and  other adjustments  to  common  equity Tier  1 capital  began  on January  1,  2015 and  were 
phased-in over a three-year period.  

The following table shows the required capital ratios with the conversation buffer over the phase-in 

period. 

Basel III Community Banks 
Minimum Capital Ratio Requirements 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

5.125%   
6.625%   
8.625%   

5.750%   
7.250%   
9.250%   

6.375%   
7.875%   
9.875%   

7.000% 
8.500% 
10.500% 

Republic is considered “well capitalized” under the FDIC's prompt corrective action rules. The risk-
based capital standards are required to take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit 
risk and the risks of non-traditional activities. 

Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act 

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, enacted in May 2018 (the 
“Regulatory  Relief  Act”),  amended  certain  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  as  well  as  certain  other 
statutes administered by the federal banking agencies. Some of the key provisions of the Regulatory Relief 
Act as it relates to community banks and bank holding companies include: (i) designating mortgages held 
in  portfolio  as  “qualified  mortgages”  for  banks  with  less  than  $10  billion  in  assets,  subject  to  certain 
documentation and product limitations; (ii) exempting banks with less than $10 billion in assets (and total 
trading assets and trading liabilities of 5% or less of total assets) from Volcker Rule requirements relating 
to proprietary trading; (iii) simplifying capital calculations for banks with less than $10 billion in assets by 
requiring  federal  banking  agencies  to  establish  a  community  bank  leverage  ratio  of  tangible  equity  to 
average consolidated assets of not less than 8% or more than 10%, and provide that banks that maintain 
tangible  equity  in  excess  of  such  ratio  will  be  deemed  to  be  in  compliance  with  risk-based  capital  and 
leverage requirements; (iv) assisting smaller banks with obtaining stable funding by providing an exception 
for reciprocal deposits from FDIC restrictions on acceptance of brokered deposits; (v) raising the eligibility 
for  use  of  short-form  Call  Reports  from  $1  billion  to  $5  billion  in  assets;  (vi)  clarifying  definitions 
pertaining to high volatility commercial real estate loans, which require higher capital allocations, so that 
only loans with increased risk are subject to higher risk weightings; and (vii) changing the eligibility for 
use of the small bank holding company policy statement from institutions with under $1 billion in assets to 
institutions with under $3 billion in assets. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2019, the federal banking agencies approved the final rule to implement the provisions 
of Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act relating to the community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”). Under 
the new rule, which became effective January 1, 2020, a qualifying community banking organization is 
defined as a depository institution or depository institution holding company with less than $10 billion in 
assets. A qualifying community banking organization has the option to elect the CBLR framework if its 
CBLR is greater than 9%, it has off-balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of consolidated assets, and 
trading assets and liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets. The leverage ratio for purposes of 
the CBLR is calculated as Tier I capital divided by average total assets, consistent with the manner banking 
organizations calculate the leverage ratio under generally applicable capital rules. Qualifying community 
banking organizations that exceed the CBLR level established by the agencies, and that elect to be covered 
by the CBLR framework, will be considered to have met: (i) the generally applicable leverage and risk-
based  capital  requirements  under  the  banking  agencies’  capital  rules;  (ii)  the  capital  ratio  requirements 
necessary  to  be  considered  “well  capitalized”  under  the  banking  agencies’  prompt  corrective  action 
framework in the case of insured depository institutions; and (iii) any other applicable capital or leverage 
requirements.  For institutions that fall below the 9% capital requirement but remain above 8%, are allowed 
a  two-quarter  grace  period  to  either  meet  the  qualifying  criteria  again  or  to  comply  with  the  generally 
applicable capital rules. We have not at this time opted to use the CBLR framework. We do not believe that 
the  changes  resulting  from  the  Regulatory  Relief  Act,  including  whether  we  elect  to  use  the  CBLR 
framework, will materially impact our business, operations, or financial results. 

Legislative and Regulatory Changes 

We are heavily regulated by regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. We, like most of our 
competitors, have faced and expect to continue to face increased regulation and regulatory and political 
scrutiny, which creates significant uncertainty for us as well as the financial services industry in general. 

Future Legislative and Regulatory Developments 

It  is  conceivable  that  compliance  with  current  or  future  legislative  and  regulatory  initiatives  could 
require us to change certain business practices, impose significant additional costs on us, limit the products 
that we offer, result in a significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an 
efficient manner, require us to increase our regulatory capital, cause business disruptions, impact the value 
of  assets  that  we  hold  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  or  financial 
condition. The extent of changes imposed by any future regulatory initiatives could make it more difficult 
for us to comply in a timely manner, which could further limit our operations, increase compliance costs or 
divert  management  attention  or  other  resources. The  long-term  impact  of  legislative  and  regulatory 
initiatives on our business practices and revenues will depend upon the successful implementation of our 
strategies, consumer behavior, and competitors’ responses to such initiatives, all of which are difficult to 
predict.  Additionally, we may pursue, through appropriate avenues, legislative and regulatory advocacy to 
provide our input on possible legislative and regulatory developments. 

Profitability, Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, the earnings and growth of Republic will 
be affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and 
Securities, the FDIC, and the Federal Reserve.  An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate 
the supply of money and other credit conditions in order to manage interest rates.  The monetary policies 
and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial 
banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future.  The effects of such policies upon the 
future business, earnings and growth of Republic cannot be determined. 

12 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
Employees 

As of December 31, 2019, we had a total of 599 employees, including 537 full-time employees. 

Item 1A:  Risk Factors 

In addition to the other information included elsewhere in this report and in “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” the following factors could significantly 
affect  our  business, financial  condition, results  of  operations,  or  future  prospects.  Any  of  the  following 
risks, either alone or taken together, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, 
results of operations, or future prospects.  If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, 
or  if  our  underlying  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  actual  results  may  be  materially  adversely 
affected.  There may  be additional  risks  that  we do  not presently know  or that  we  currently  believe  are 
immaterial  which  could  also  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, or future prospects. 

We are subject to credit risk in connection with our lending activities, and our financial condition 
and results of operations may be negatively impacted by economic conditions and other factors that 
adversely affect our borrowers. 

Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay 
their  loans,  and  in  a  timely  manner.  Lending  money  is  a  significant  part  of  the  banking 
business.  Borrowers,  however,  do  not  always  repay  their  loans.  The  risk  of  non-payment  is  assessed 
through our underwriting and loan review procedures based on several factors including credit risks of a 
particular  borrower,  changes  in  economic  conditions,  the  duration  of  the  loan,  and  in  the  case  of  a 
collateralized  loan,  uncertainties  as  to  the  future  value  of  the  collateral  and  other  factors.  Despite  our 
efforts, we do and will experience loan losses, and our financial condition and results of operations will be 
adversely affected. Our non-performing assets were approximately $14.1 million at December 31, 2019.  
Our allowance for loan losses was approximately $9.3 million at December 31, 2019. Our loans between 
thirty and eighty-nine days delinquent totaled $1.9 million at December 31, 2019. 

Our concentration of commercial real estate loans could result in increased loan losses and costs 

of compliance. 

A  substantial  portion  of  our  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  commercial  real  estate  loans.  The 
commercial  real  estate  market  is  cyclical  and  poses  risks  of  loss  to  us  because  of  the  concentration  of 
commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the lack of diversity in risk associated with such a 
concentration.  Banking regulators have been giving and continue to give commercial real estate lending 
greater  scrutiny,  and  banks  with  larger  commercial  real  estate  loan  portfolios  are  expected  by  their 
regulators to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio 
stress-testing  practices  to  manage  risks  associated  with  commercial  real  estate  lending.  In  addition, 
commercial real estate lenders are making greater provisions for loan losses and accumulating higher capital 
levels as a result of commercial real estate lending exposures.  Additional losses or regulatory requirements 
related  to  our  commercial real  estate  loan  concentration  could  materially  adversely affect  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

13 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses, and we may be 
required to make further  provisions for loan  losses  and  charge  off  additional  loans  in  the future, 
which could materially and adversely affect our business. 

We attempt to maintain an allowance for loan losses, established through a provision for loan losses 
accounted  for  as  an  expense,  which  is  adequate  to  absorb  losses  inherent  in  our  loan  portfolio.  If  our 
allowance for loan losses is inadequate, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and 
results of operations. 

The determination of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity 
and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of 
which  may  undergo  material  changes.  Changes  in  economic  conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new 
information  regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem  loans  and  other  factors,  both 
within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. Increases in 
nonperforming loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses.  Our allowance for loan 
losses  may  not  be  adequate  to  absorb  actual  loan  losses.  If  trends  in  the  real  estate  markets  were  to 
deteriorate, we could experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to real 
estate construction and land acquisition and development loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage 
loans. As a result, we may have to make provisions for loan losses and charge off loans in the future, which 
could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.   

In  addition  to  our  internal  processes  for  determining  loss  allowances,  bank  regulatory  agencies 
periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require  us to increase  the provision for loan 
losses  or  recognize  further  loan  charge-offs,  based  on  judgments  that  differ  from  those  of  our 
management.  If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need to 
increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to 
an increase in the provision for loan losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in a 
decrease  in  net  income  and  capital,  and  may  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition, 
results of operations and cash flows. 

We  are  required  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  in  the  preparation  of  our 
financial statements, including our allowance for loan losses, and our estimates and assumptions may 
not be accurate. 

The  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, require our management to make significant 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosures  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  reported 
amounts of income and expense during the reporting periods.  Critical estimates are made by management 
in  determining,  among  other  things,  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  carrying  values  of  other  real  estate 
owned, assessment of other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of investment securities, fair value of 
financial  instruments,  and  the  realization  of  deferred  income  taxes.  If  our  underlying  estimates  and 
assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be  materially 
adversely affected. 

Our  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  other-than-temporary 

impairment charges relating to our investment portfolio. 

In  prior  years  we  recorded  other-than-temporary  impairment  charges  for  certain  bank  pooled  trust 
preferred  securities,  and  we  may  be  required  to  record  future  impairment  charges  on  our  investment 
securities if they suffer declines in value that we determine are other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, 
including the lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, the absence of reliable pricing 

14 

 
information for investment securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions 
or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our investment 
portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the Bank’s ability 
to pay dividends, which could materially adversely affect us. Significant impairment charges could also 
negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as “well-capitalized” for 
regulatory purposes. 

Our  net  interest  income,  net  income  and  results  of  operations  are  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in 

interest rates. 

Our net income depends on the net income of Republic, and Republic is dependent primarily upon its 
net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on its interest-earning assets, such 
as  loans  and  investments,  and  the  interest  paid  on  its  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits  and 
borrowings. 

Our results of operations will be affected by changes in market interest rates and other economic factors 
beyond our control.  If our interest-earning assets have longer effective maturities than our interest-bearing 
liabilities, the yield on our interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly than the cost of our 
interest-bearing liabilities, and, as a result, our net interest income generally will be adversely affected by 
material and prolonged increases in interest rates, and positively affected by comparable declines in interest 
rates.  Conversely, if liabilities re-price more slowly than assets, net interest income would be adversely 
affected by declining interest rates, and positively affected by increasing interest rates.  At any time, our 
assets and liabilities will reflect interest rate risk of some degree. 

Potential concerns for the longer term economic outlook include the continued flattening of the yield 
curve and an increasingly inverted yield curve (which may or may not signal a future recession), the risk of 
economic  overheating  in  the  near  future,  and  concerns  surrounding  the  long  term  fiscal  position  of  the 
United States. In addition to affecting interest income and expense, changes in interest rates also can affect 
the value of our interest-earning assets, comprising fixed and adjustable-rate instruments, as well as the 
ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets.  Generally, the value of fixed-rate instruments fluctuates 
inversely with changes in interest rates, and changes in interest rates may therefore have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations. 

We are a holding company dependent for liquidity on payments from our banking subsidiary, 

which payments are subject to restrictions. 

We are a holding company and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from Republic 
to fund dividend payments, if any, and to fund all payments on obligations. Republic and its subsidiaries 
are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the 
flow of funds from those subsidiaries to us.  Restrictions or regulatory actions of that kind could impede 
our access to funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations or dividend payments, if any.  In 
addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization 
is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. 

Our business is concentrated in and dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of our 

primary market area. 

Our  primary  service  area  consists  of  Greater  Philadelphia  and  Southern  New  Jersey.  Our  success 
depends  upon  the  business  activity,  population,  income  levels,  deposits  and  real  estate  activity  in  this 
area.  Although our customers’ businesses and financial interests may extend well beyond this area, adverse 
economic conditions that affect our primary service area could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of 
our customers to repay their loans to us, and generally adversely affect our financial condition and results 

15 

 
 
of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national 
financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets. 

Unfavorable  economic  and  financial  market  conditions  may  adversely  affect  our  financial 

position and results of operations. 

Economic pressure on consumers and businesses and any resulting lack of confidence in the financial 
markets  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  stock  price. 
A worsening  of  current  economic  conditions  would  likely  exacerbate  the  adverse  effects  of  market 
conditions on us and others in the industry.  In particular, we may face the following risks in connection 
with these events: 

 

increased regulation of our industry and  increased compliance costs; 

  hampering our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses 

inherent in our credit exposure, as such assessments are made more complex by these difficult 
market and economic conditions; 

 

 

 

increasing our credit risk, by increasing the likelihood that our major customers become insolvent 
and unable to satisfy their obligations to us; 

impairing our ability to originate loans, by making our customers and prospective customers less 
willing to borrow, and making loans that meet our underwriting criteria difficult to find; and 

limiting  our  interest  income,  by  depressing  the  yields  we  are  able  to  earn  on  our  investment 
portfolio. 

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  approximately  $24.1  million  of  U.S.  Federal  net  operating  loss 

carryforwards, referred to as “NOLs,” available to reduce taxable income in future years. 

Utilization  of the  NOLs may  be subject  to  a  substantial  annual limitation  due to  ownership  change 
limitations  that may  have  occurred  or that  could  occur  in  the  future,  as  required  by  Section  382  of  the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to as the “Code.” These ownership changes may limit 
the amount of NOLs that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. 
In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series 
of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points 
of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. In the event of an ownership 
change, Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership change taxable income 
a corporation may offset with pre-ownership change NOLs. The limitation imposed by Section 382 for any 
post-change  year  would  be  determined  by  multiplying  the  value  of  our  stock  immediately  before  the 
ownership change (subject to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. Any unused 
annual limitation may be carried over to later years, and the limitation may under certain circumstances be 
increased  by  built-in  gains  which  may  be  present  with  respect  to  assets  held  by  us  at  the  time  of  the 
ownership change that are recognized in the five-year period after the ownership change.  

In  addition,  the  ability  to  use  NOLs  will  be  dependent  on  our  ability  to  generate  taxable  income. 
The NOLs may expire before we generate sufficient taxable income. There were no NOLs that expired in 
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. There are no NOLs that could expire if 
not utilized for the year ending December 31, 2020. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our assets as of December 31, 2019 included a deferred tax asset and we may not be able to realize 

the full amount of such asset. 

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2019, the net deferred tax 
asset was $12.6 million, compared to a balance of $12.3 million at December 31, 2018. 

We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability to determine whether it is more likely 
than not (i.e. likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be 
realized  within  its  life  cycle,  based  on  the  weight  of  available  evidence.  If  management  makes  a 
determination based on the available evidence that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a valuation allowance is calculated and recorded.  
These determinations are inherently subjective and dependent upon estimates and judgments concerning 
management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence. 

Based on the analysis of the available positive and negative evidence, we determined that a valuation 
allowance should not be recorded as of December 31, 2019. We used projections of future taxable income, 
exclusive of reversing temporary timing differences and carryforwards, as a factor to project recoverability 
of the deferred tax asset balance. There can be no assurance as to when we will be in a position to fully 
recapture the benefits of our deferred tax asset.  Further discussion on the analysis of our deferred tax asset 
can be found in the “Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes” section of Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

We  are  required  to  adopt  the  FASB's  accounting  standard  which  requires  measurement  of 
certain financial assets (including loans) using the current expected credit losses (CECL) beginning 
in calendar year 2020. 

Current  GAAP  requires  an  incurred  loss  methodology  for  recognizing  credit  losses  that  delays 
recognition  until  it  is  probable  a  loss  has  been  incurred.  The  FASB's  amendment  replaces  the  current 
incurred  loss  methodology  with  a  methodology  that  reflects  expected  credit  losses  and  requires 
consideration  of  a  broader  range  of  reasonableness  and  supportable  information  to  inform  credit  loss 
estimates. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13, continuing our implementation efforts 
and reviewing the loss modeling requirements consistent with lifetime expected loss estimates. Calculations 
of expected losses under the new guidance were run parallel to the calculations under existing guidance to 
assess and  evaluate  the potential  impact to  our  financial  statements.    The  new model includes different 
assumptions used in calculating credit losses, such as estimating losses over the estimated life of a financial 
asset and considers expected future changes in macroeconomic conditions. The adoption of this ASU may 
result in an increase to our allowance for loan losses which will depend upon the nature and characteristics 
of our loan portfolio at the adoption date, as well as the macroeconomic conditions and forecasts at that 
date. We expect an initial increase to the  allowance for credit losses, in the range  of 0% to  11% of the 
December 31, 2019 allowance for credit losses, or an incremental increase to the allowance for credit losses 
in the range of $0 up to approximately $1.0 million. When finalized, this one-time increase as a result of 
the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will be recorded, net of tax, as an adjustment to retained earnings effective 
January 1, 2020. This estimate is subject to change based on continuing refinement and validation of the 
model and methodologies. This ASU became effective for us as of January 1, 2020.  

Our mortgage lending business may not provide us with significant noninterest income.  

In 2019, we originated $461 million residential mortgage loans and sold $328 million of those loans to 
investors  on the secondary market. The residential mortgage business is highly competitive, and highly 
susceptible  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates,  consumer  confidence  levels,  employment  statistics,  the 

17 

 
capacity and willingness of secondary market purchasers to acquire and hold or securitize loans, and other 
factors beyond our control.   

Because  we  sell  a  substantial  number  of  the  mortgage  loans  we  originate,  the  profitability  of  our 
mortgage banking business also depends in large part on our ability to aggregate a high volume of loans 
and sell them in the secondary market at a gain.  In fact, as rates rise, we expect increasing industry-wide 
competitive pressures related to changing market conditions to reduce our pricing margins and mortgage 
revenues generally.  Thus, in addition to our dependence on the interest rate environment, we are dependent 
upon (i) the existence of an active secondary market and (ii) our ability to profitably sell loans or securities 
into that market.  If our level of mortgage production declines, the profitability will depend upon our ability 
to reduce our costs commensurate with the reduction of revenue from our mortgage operations.  

Our ability to originate and sell mortgage loans readily is dependent upon the availability of an active 
secondary market for single-family mortgage loans, which in turn depends in part upon the continuation of 
programs currently  offered  by government-sponsored entities (“GSEs”) and other  institutional and non-
institutional investors.  These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential 
mortgage  loans.    We  are  highly  dependent  on  these  purchasers  continuing  their  mortgage  purchasing 
programs.  Additionally, because the largest participants in the secondary market are Ginnie Mae, Fannie 
Mae and Freddie Mac, GSEs whose activities are governed by federal law, any future changes in laws that 
significantly affect the activity of these GSEs could, in turn, adversely affect our operations.  In September 
2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by the U.S. government.  The federal 
government has for many years considered proposals to reform Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but the results 
of any such reform, and their impact on us, are difficult to predict. To date, no reform proposal has been 
enacted.  

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify buyers against losses in some 

circumstances, which could harm liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.  

       We sell a large portion of the mortgage loans that we originate.  When mortgage loans are sold, whether 
as  whole  loans  or  pursuant  to  a  securitization,  we  are  required  to  make  customary  representations  and 
warranties to purchasers, guarantors and insurers, including the GSEs, about the mortgage loans and the 
manner  in  which  they  were  originated.    Whole  loan  sale  agreements  require  repurchase  or  substitute 
mortgage  loans,  or  indemnify  buyers  against  losses,  in  the  event  we  breach  these  representations  or 
warranties.  In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result  of  early  payment 
default of the borrower on a mortgage loan, resulting in these mortgage loans being placed on our books 
and subjecting us to the risk of a potential default. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase and such 
demands are valid claims and are in excess of our provision for potential losses, our liquidity, results of 
operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.  

Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value. 

We  regularly  evaluate  opportunities  to  acquire  and  invest  in  banks  and  in  other  complementary 
businesses.  As  a  result,  we  may  engage  in  negotiations  or  discussions  that,  if  they  were  to  result  in  a 
transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short 
and long-term liquidity and capital structure. Our acquisition activities could be material to us. For example, 
we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current 
shareholders’ ownership interest. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other 
liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential 
future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against 
our  earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during  the  period in 
which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not 
impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity but would decrease shareholders' equity. 

18 

 
 
 
Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of: 

 

incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and 
negotiating potential transactions; 

  using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market 

risks with respect to the target institution or its assets; 

 

 

 

the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses; 

creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations; and 

losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly conceived. 

We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection 
with potential acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability 
to achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value. 

We may not be able to manage our growth, which may adversely impact our financial results. 

As  part  of  our  retail  growth  strategy,  we  may  expand  into  additional  communities  or  attempt  to 
strengthen our position in our current markets by opening new stores and acquiring existing stores of other 
financial institutions.  To the extent that we undertake additional stores openings and acquisitions, we are 
likely to experience the effects of higher  operating expenses relative to  operating income from the new 
operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity 
and return on average assets. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include  potential 
diversion of our management’s time and attention and general disruption to our business. 

As part of our retail strategy, we plan to open new stores in our primary service area, including Southern 
New Jersey, the Greater Philadelphia area, and New York City. We may not, however, be able to identify 
attractive locations on terms favorable to us, obtain regulatory approvals, or hire qualified management to 
operate  new  stores.  In  addition,  the  organizational  and  overhead  costs  may  be  greater  than  we 
anticipate.  New  stores  may  take  longer  than  expected  to  reach  profitability,  or  may  not  become 
profitable.  The additional costs of starting new stores may adversely impact our financial results. 

Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on whether we can continue to fund our growth 
while maintaining cost controls, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as national and regional 
economic  conditions  and  interest  rate  trends.  If  we  are  not  able  to  control  costs,  such  growth  could 
adversely impact our earnings and financial condition. 

Our  retail  strategy  relies  heavily  on  our  management  team,  and  the  unexpected  loss  of  key 

managers may adversely affect our operations. 

In recent years, we have been successful in attracting new and talented employees to Republic, to add 
to our management team.   We believe that our ability to successfully implement our retail strategy will 
require us to retain and attract additional management experienced in banking and financial services, and 
familiar  with  the  communities  in  our  market.  Our  ability  to  retain  executive  officers,  the  current 
management  team,  branch managers  and loan  officers  of  Republic  will  continue  to  be  important to the 
successful implementation of our strategy.  It is also critical, as we grow, to be able to attract and retain 
additional  members  of  the  management  team  and  qualified  loan  officers  with  the  appropriate  level  of 
experience and knowledge about our market areas to implement the community-based operating strategy. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain 
qualified  personnel  in  the future,  could  have  an adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial condition  and 
results of operations. 

We are subject to numerous governmental regulations and to comprehensive examination and 
supervision by regulators, which could have an adverse impact on our operations and could restrict 
the scope of our operations. 

Both  the  Company  and  Republic  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  environment  and  are  subject  to 
supervision and regulation by several governmental regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  the  FDIC  and  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Banking  and  Securities 
(“PDB”). We are subject to federal and state regulations governing virtually all aspects of our activities, 
including lines of business, capital, liquidity, investments, payment of dividends, and others. Regulations 
that  apply  to  us  are  generally  intended  to  provide  protection  for  depositors  and  customers  rather  than 
investors. 

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. 
See Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation. The requirements and limitations imposed by such laws 
and  regulations  limit  the  manner  in  which  we  conduct  our  business,  undertake  new  investments  and 
activities  and  obtain  financing.  Financial  institution  regulation  has  been  the  subject  of  significant 
legislation in recent years and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of 
which is within our control. Compliance with these rules could impose additional costs on banking entities 
and their holding companies.  Management has reviewed the new standards and will continue to evaluate 
all options and strategies to ensure ongoing compliance with the new standards, notwithstanding Republic’s 
current status as well-capitalized. 

New programs and proposals may subject us and other financial institutions to additional restrictions, 
oversight  and  costs  that  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations or the price of our common stock. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt 
changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied or enforced. 
We  cannot  predict  the  substance  or  impact  of  future  legislation,  regulation  or  the  application  thereof. 
Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny may significantly increase our costs, 
impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and 
limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. 

We face significant competition in our market from other banks and financial institutions. 

The banking and financial services industry in our market area is highly competitive.  We may not be 
able to compete effectively in our markets, which could adversely affect our  results of operations.  The 
increasingly  competitive  environment  is  a  result  of  changes  in  regulation,  changes  in  technology  and 
product delivery systems, and consolidation among financial service providers.  Larger institutions have 
greater access to capital markets, with higher lending limits and a broader array of services.  Competition 
may require increases in deposit rates and decreases in loan rates, and adversely impact our net interest 
margin. 

We may not have the resources to effectively implement new technologies, which could adversely 

affect our competitive position and results of operations. 

The  financial  services  industry  is  constantly  undergoing  technological  changes  with  frequent 
introductions of new technology-driven products and services.  In addition to better serving customers, the 
effective  use  of  technology  increases  efficiency  and  enables  financial  institutions  to  reduce  costs.  Our 
future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology 

20 

 
 
to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create 
additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand in our market. Many of our 
larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, 
they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to offer, which would 
put  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  Accordingly,  we  may  not  be  able  to  effectively  implement  new 
technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our 
customers.  If we are unable to do so, our competitive position and results of operations could be adversely 
affected. 

Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting may 

not achieve their intended objectives. 

internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  These  controls  may  not  achieve 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that we timely report information 
as specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  We also maintain a system 
of 
intended 
objectives.  Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls 
and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  are  subject  to  lapses  in  judgment  and 
breakdowns resulting from human failures.  Controls can also be circumvented by collusion or improper 
management override.  Because of such limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error 
or fraud may not be prevented or detected and that information may not be reported on a timely basis.  If 
our controls are not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of 
operations, and market for our common stock, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny. 

their 

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee 

fraud and data processing system failures and errors.  

Employee  errors  and  misconduct  could  subject  us  to  financial  losses  or  regulatory  sanctions  and 
seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities 
from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential 
information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we 
take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject 
us to financial claims for negligence. 

We  maintain  a  system  of  internal  controls  and  insurance  coverage  to  mitigate  operational  risks, 
including data processing system failures and errors, and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal 
controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable 
insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs 

as well as litigation and other liabilities. 

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. 
Our  operations are dependent upon our ability  to protect our  computer equipment  against  damage from 
physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from 
security  breaches,  denial  of  service  attacks,  viruses,  worms  and  other  disruptive  problems  caused  by 
hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse 
effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Computer  break-ins,  phishing  and  other 
disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer 
systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing 
and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party 
service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures 

21 

 
to prevent such damage, these security measures may not be successful. In addition, advances in computer 
capabilities,  new  discoveries  in  the  field  of  cryptography  or  other  developments  could  result  in  a 
compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect 
customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

If we want to, or are compelled to, raise additional capital in the future, that capital may not be 

available to us when it is needed or on terms that are favorable to us or current shareholders. 

Federal  banking  regulators  require  us,  and  Republic,  to  maintain  capital  to  support  our 
operations.  Regulatory capital ratios are defined and required ratios are established by laws and regulations 
promulgated  by  banking regulatory agencies.  At December 31, 2019, our regulatory capital ratios were 
above “well capitalized” levels under current bank regulatory guidelines. To be “well capitalized,” banking 
companies generally must maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 
at least 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 
10%. Regulators, however, may require us, or Republic, to maintain higher regulatory capital ratios.   

Our ability to raise additional capital in the future will depend on conditions in the capital markets at 
that time, which are outside of our control, on our financial performance and on other factors. Accordingly, 
we may not be able to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to us, or at all.  If we 
cannot raise additional capital in sufficient amounts when needed, our ability to comply with regulatory 
capital requirements could be materially impaired. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient 
amounts may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and results of operations.  Our ability to 
borrow could  also be impaired  by factors  that  are  nonspecific  to  us,  such  as  disruption  of the  financial 
markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.  If we 
raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, we would 
likely dilute the ownership interests of investors, and could dilute the per share book value and earnings per 
share of our common stock.  Furthermore, a capital raise through issuance of additional shares may have 
an adverse impact on our stock price. 

We may be exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to real estate that we have or had 

title to in the past. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we 
may foreclose, accept deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise acquire real estate in connection with our 
lending  activities. We  also  acquire real  estate in  connection  with  our  store  expansion  plans and growth 
strategy.  As  a  result,  we  could  become  subject  to  environmental  liabilities  with  respect  to  these 
properties.  We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, 
personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental 
contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical 
releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could 
be substantial. In addition, as the owner  or former owner of  a contaminated site, we  may  be subject to 
common  law  claims  by  third  parties  based  on  damages  and  costs  resulting  from  environmental 
contamination  emanating  from  the  property.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  perform  an 
environmental review before acquiring title to any real property, these may not be sufficient to detect all 
potential environmental hazards.  If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it 
could materially and adversely affect us. 

22 

 
 
 
 
Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity and, therefore, an investment in 

our common stock involves risk. 

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank, and is not insured by the 

FDIC or any other governmental entity, and is subject to investment risk, including possible loss. 

There may be future sales of our common stock, which may materially and adversely affect the 

market price of our common stock. 

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock, including securities that are 
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock. Our issuance of shares of 
common stock in the future will dilute the ownership interests of our existing shareholders. 

Additionally,  the  sale  of substantial  amounts  of  our common  stock  or  securities  convertible  into  or 
exchangeable  or  exercisable  for  our  common  stock,  whether  directly  by  us  or  by  existing  common 
shareholders in the secondary market, the perception that such sales could occur or the availability for future 
sale of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our 
common stock could, in turn, materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and 
our ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-related securities.  The convertible 
trust preferred securities of Republic First Bancorp Capital Trust IV were converted into 1.7 million shares 
of our common stock in the years 2017 and 2018. 

In addition, our Board of Directors is authorized to designate and issue preferred stock without further 
shareholder approval, and we may issue other equity securities that are senior to our common stock in the 
future for a number of reasons, including, without limitation, to support operations and growth, to maintain 
our capital ratios and to comply with any future changes in regulatory standards. 

Our common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market.  During 2019, the average daily 
trading volume for our common stock was approximately 156,200 shares.  Sales of our common stock may 
place significant downward pressure on the  market  price of our common stock. Furthermore,  it may be 
difficult for holders to resell their shares at prices they find attractive, or at all. 

Our  common  stock  is  subordinate  to  our  existing  and  future  indebtedness  and  any  preferred 
stock  and  effectively  subordinated  to  all  indebtedness  and  preferred  equity  claims  against  our 
subsidiaries. 

Shares of our common stock are common equity interests in us and, as such, will rank junior to all of 
our existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities. Additionally, holders of our common stock may 
become subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of holders of any classes or series of preferred 
stock that our Board of Directors may designate and issue without any action on the part of the holders of 
our  common  stock.  Furthermore,  our  right  to  participate  in  a  distribution  of  assets  upon  any  of  our 
subsidiaries’ liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors and 
preferred shareholders. As of December 31, 2019, we had $11.3 million of outstanding debt related to trust 
preferred securities. 

Our ability to pay dividends depends upon the results of operations of our subsidiaries. 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock.  Our Board of Directors intends 
to follow a policy of retaining earnings for the purpose of increasing our capital for the foreseeable future. 

23 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared from time to 
time by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose, after 
debt service payments and payments of dividends required to be paid on our outstanding preferred stock, if 
any.  

While we, as a bank holding company, are not subject to certain restrictions on dividends applicable to 
Republic, our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock will depend to a large extent 
upon the amount of dividends paid by Republic to us.  Regulatory authorities restrict the amount of cash 
dividends  Republic  can  declare  and  pay  without  prior  regulatory  approval.  Presently,  Republic  cannot 
declare or pay dividends in any one-year in excess of retained earnings for that year subject to risk based 
capital requirements. 

If  we  fail  to  maintain  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and 
disclosure controls and procedures, current and potential shareholders may lose confidence in our 
financial reporting and disclosures and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny. 

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, referred to as Section 404, we are required 
to include in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our management’s report on internal control over financial 
reporting.  While  we  have  reported  no  material  weaknesses  in  the  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2019, we cannot guarantee that we will not have any material weaknesses in the future. 

Compliance with the requirements of Section 404 is expensive and time-consuming. If, in the future, 
we fail to complete this evaluation in a timely manner we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss 
of public confidence in our internal control over financial reporting.  In addition, any failure to maintain an 
effective system of disclosure controls and procedures could cause our current and potential shareholders 
and customers to lose confidence in our financial reporting and disclosure required under the Exchange 
Act, which could adversely affect our business. 

Our  governing  documents,  Pennsylvania  law,  and  current  policies  of  our  Board  of  Directors 
contain provisions, which may reduce the likelihood of a change in control transaction, which may 
otherwise be available and attractive to shareholders. 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more 
difficult or expensive or may discourage a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed 
by our Board of Directors.  In particular, the articles of incorporation and bylaws  classify  our Board of 
Directors  into  three  groups,  so  that  shareholders  elect  only  approximately  one-third  of  the  Board  each 
year; permit shareholders to remove directors only for cause and only upon the vote of the holders of at 
least 75% of the voting shares; require our shareholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates 
for election to the Board of Directors or to make shareholder proposals at a shareholders’ meeting; require 
the vote of the holders of at least 75% of our voting shares for shareholder amendments to our bylaws; 
require the vote of the holders of at least 75% of our voting shares to approve certain business combinations; 
and  restrict  the  holdings  and  voting  rights  of  shareholders  who  would  acquire  more  than  10%  of  our 
outstanding common stock without the approval of two-thirds of our Board of Directors.  These provisions 
of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay 
or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of our shareholders may consider such proposals 
desirable.  Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace the 
members  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  Moreover,  these  provisions  could  diminish  the  opportunities  for 
shareholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current 
market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock 
that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.  

24 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
In addition, anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law could make it more difficult for a third party 
to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and 
could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold.  For example, Pennsylvania law 
may restrict a third party’s ability to obtain control of us and may prevent shareholders from receiving a 
premium for their shares of our common stock.  Pennsylvania law also provides that our shareholders are 
not entitled by statute to propose amendments to our articles of incorporation. 

Uncertainty about the future of LIBOR may adversely affect our business. 

LIBOR and certain other interest rate “benchmarks” are the subject of recent national, international, 
and  other regulatory  guidance  and  proposals for reform.  These reforms may  cause  such  benchmarks to 
perform differently than in the past or have other consequences which cannot be predicted. On July 27, 
2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced 
that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit information to the administrator of LIBOR 
after  2021.  The  announcement indicates that  the continuation  of  LIBOR  on the  current  basis  cannot  be 
guaranteed after 2021. While there is no consensus on what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives 
to LIBOR, a group of market participants convened by the Federal Reserve, the Alternative Reference Rate 
Committee, has selected the Secured Overnight Finance Rate as its recommended alternative to LIBOR. 
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York started to publish the Secured Overnight Financing Rate in April 
2018.  The  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate  is  a  broad  measure  of  the  cost  of  overnight  borrowings 
collateralized by Treasury securities that was selected by the Alternative Reference Rate Committee due to 
the depth and robustness of the U.S. Treasury repurchase market. At this time, it is impossible to predict 
whether the Secured Overnight Financing Rate will become an accepted alternative to LIBOR.  

The market transition away from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate, is complex and could have a range of adverse effects on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. In particular, any such transition could: 

 

 

adversely affect the interest rates paid or received on, the revenue and expenses associated with or 
the value of our LIBOR-based assets and liabilities, which include certain variable rate loans and 
subordinated debt;  

adversely affect the interest rates paid or received on, the revenue and expenses associated with or 
the value of other securities or financial arrangements, given LIBOR’s role in determining market 
interest rates globally;  

  prompt inquiries or other actions from regulators in respect of our preparation and readiness for the 

replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate; and  

 

result in disputes, litigation or other actions with counterparties regarding the interpretation and 
enforceability of certain fallback language in LIBOR-based contracts and securities. 

The  transition  away  from  LIBOR  to  an  alternative  reference  rate  will  require  the  transition  to  or 
development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management and other 
processes from LIBOR-based products to those based on the applicable alternative reference rate, such as 
the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate.  There  can  be  no  guarantee  that  these  efforts  will  successfully 
mitigate the operational risks associated with the transition away from LIBOR to an alternative reference 
rate. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The manner and impact of the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate, as well as the 
effect of these developments on our funding costs, loan and investment and trading securities portfolios, 
asset-liability management, and business, is uncertain. 

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. and non-U.S. tax and other 

laws and regulations. 

On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was signed into law. 
The  Tax  Act  includes  many  provisions  that  effected  our  income  tax  expenses,  including  reducing  its 
corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the rate reduction, we 
were required to re-measure, through income tax expense in the period of enactment, our deferred tax assets 
and  liabilities  using  the  enacted  rate  at  which  we  expected  them  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  
re-measurement  of  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  resulted  in  additional  income  tax  expense  of  $7.7  million 
recorded in fourth quarter 2017.  

The ongoing success of our growth and expansion strategy, along with the successful integration of the 
mortgage company acquired in 2016 and the limited exposure remaining with current asset quality issues 
put us in a position to rely on projections of future taxable income when evaluating the need for a valuation 
allowance against deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2017. Based on the guidance provided in ASC 
740,  we  believed  that  the  positive  evidence  considered  at  December  31,  2017  outweighed  the  negative 
evidence and that it was more likely than not that all of our deferred tax assets would be realized within 
their life cycle. Therefore, a valuation allowance was not required at December 31, 2017 and a $10.6 million 
benefit for income taxes was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017 to reflect the reversal of the valuation 
allowance. 

The $10.6 million tax benefit recognized when reversing the deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
offset the $7.7 million charge related to the change in the corporate tax rate resulting in a net tax benefit 
and increase in net income of $2.9 million during 2017.  

Also on December 22, 2017, the SEC released SAB 118 to address any uncertainty or diversity of views 
in practice in accounting for the income tax effects of the Act in situations where a registrant does not have 
the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete this accounting 
in the reporting period that includes the enactment date. SAB 118 allowed for a measurement period not to 
extend beyond one year from the Act’s enactment date to complete the necessary accounting. 

We recorded provisional amounts of deferred income taxes using reasonable estimates in three areas 
where information necessary to complete the accounting was not available, prepared or analyzed as follows: 
(i) the deferred tax liability for temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of fixed 
assets principally due to the accelerated depreciation under the Act which allowed for full expensing of 
qualified property purchased and placed in service after September 27, 2017; (ii) the deferred tax asset for 
temporary differences associated with accrued compensation was awaiting final determinations of amounts 
that were paid and deducted on the 2017 income tax returns and (iii) the deferred tax liability for temporary 
differences associated with equity investments in partnerships were awaiting receipt of Schedules K-1 from 
outside preparers, which was necessary to determine the 2017 tax impact from these investments. 

In  a  fourth  area,  we  made  no  adjustments  to  deferred  tax  assets  representing  future  deductions  for 
accrued compensation that were subject to new limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) 
which, generally, limits the annual deduction for certain compensation paid to certain team members to 
$1 million. There was uncertainty in applying the newly enacted rules to existing contracts, and we were 
seeking  further  clarifications  before  completing  its  analysis.  We  completed  the  calculations  for  the 
provisional items with the completion of the 2017 tax returns and completed the analysis of the Section 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
162(m)  rules  after  further  guidance  was  issued.  The  impact  of  the  completed  calculations  to  the  
re-measurement of the deferred taxes resulted in an immaterial change and the analysis of the 162(m) rules 
resulted in no adjustment. 

The  outbreak  of  the  recent  coronavirus  ("COVID-19"),  or  an  outbreak  of  another  highly 
infectious or contagious disease, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.   

Our business is dependent upon the willingness and ability of our customers to conduct banking and 
other financial transactions. The spread of a highly infectious or contagious disease, such as COVID-19, 
could cause severe disruptions in the U.S. economy, which could in turn disrupt the business, activities, and 
operations  of  our  customers,  as  well  our  business  and  operations.    Moreover,  ssince  the  beginning  of 
January  2020,  the  coronavirus  outbreak  has  caused  significant  disruption  in  the  financial  markets  both 
globally and in the United States. The spread of COVID-19, or an outbreak of another highly infectious or 
contagious disease, may result in a significant decrease in business and/or cause our customers to be unable 
to meet existing payment or other obligations to us, particularly in the event of a spread of COVID-19 or 
an  outbreak  of  an  infectious  disease  in  our  market  area.  Although  we  maintain  contingency  plans  for 
pandemic  outbreaks,  a  spread  of  COVID-19,  or  an  outbreak  of  another  contagious  disease,  could  also 
negatively impact the availability of key personnel necessary to conduct our business.  Such a spread or 
outbreak could  also  negatively impact the business  and  operations  of  third  party  service  providers  who 
perform critical services for our business.  If COVID-19, or another highly infectious or contagious disease, 
spreads or the response to contain COVID-19 is unsuccessful, we could experience a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Item 1B:  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2:  Description of Properties 

We currently have thirty-six locations that we utilize to conduct business. Seven of these locations are 
utilized for loan production offices, storage facilities, operations and back office support, and our corporate 
headquarters. Twenty nine properties are store locations that are open and operating as of December 31, 
2019. We have another six locations under our control for future store locations. Of the forty-two total 
locations, eighteen are owned by Republic. The remaining twenty-four locations are subject to land and 
building leases. The spaces covered by these leases range in size from 1,700 to 10,590 square feet with the 
exception of our corporate headquarters which consists of approximately 53,000 square feet.  Please see 
Note 25 “Leases” in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the leases. 
Management  believes  these  properties  and  facilities  are  adequate  to  meet  our  present  and  immediately 
foreseeable needs from a real estate perspective. 

Item 3:  Legal Proceedings 

The  Company and Republic are from time to time parties (plaintiff  or defendant) to lawsuits in the 
normal course of business. While any litigation involves an element of uncertainty, management is of the 
opinion that the liability of the Company and Republic, if any, resulting from such actions will not have a 
material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Republic. 

Item 4:  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

27 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
PART II 

Item  5:  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

Shares of the Company’s class of common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the 

symbol “FRBK.” As of March 10, 2020, there were approximately 100 record holders. 

Dividend Policy 

The  Company  has  not  paid  any  cash dividends  on  its  common  stock  and  has  no  plans  to  pay  cash 
dividends during 2020.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends depends primarily on receipt of dividends 
from  the  Company’s  subsidiary,  Republic.    Dividend  payments  from  Republic  are  subject  to  legal  and 
regulatory limitations.  The ability of Republic to pay dividends is also subject to profitability, financial 
condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements.   

28 

 
 
  
 
 
Item 6:  Selected Financial Data 

(dollars in thousands, except per 
share data) 

INCOME STATEMENT 
DATA 

Total interest income 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expenses 
Income (loss) before provision 
(benefit) for income taxes 
Provision (benefit) for income 

taxes 

Net income (loss) 

PER SHARE DATA 

Basic earnings (loss) per share   
Diluted earnings (loss) per 
share 
Book value per share 
Tangible book value per share 
(1)

BALANCE SHEET DATA 

Total assets 
Total loans, net 
Total investment securities 
Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Total shareholders’ equity 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS 
Return on average assets 
Return on average 

shareholders’ equity 

Net interest margin 
Total non-interest expenses as 
a percentage of average 
assets 

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS 

Allowance for loan losses as a 

percentage of loans 

Allowance for loan losses as a 

percentage of non-
performing loans 

Non-performing loans as a 
percentage of total loans 
Non-performing assets as a 
percentage of total assets 
Net charge-offs as a percentage 

of average loans, net 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL 
RATIOS 

Average equity to average 

assets 

Leverage ratio 
CET 1 capital to risk-weighted 

assets 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 

assets 

Total capital to risk-weighted 

assets 

(1) A Non-GAAP Disclosure

As of or for the Years Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

104,864  
27,057  
77,807  
1,905  
23,738  
104,490  

(4,850 ) 

(1,350 ) 
(3,500 ) 

(0.06 ) 

(0.06 ) 
4.23  

4.15  

3,341,290  
1,738,929  
1,186,630  
2,999,163  
-  
11,265  
249,168  

(0.12 %) 

(1.41 %) 
2.85 % 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 
 $ 

$ 

 $ 

92,074  
16,170  
75,904  
2,300  
20,322  
83,721  

10,205  

1,578  
8,627  

0.15  

0.15  
4.17  

4.09  

2,753,297  
1,427,983  
1,088,331  
2,392,867  
91,422  
11,259  
245,189  

0.34 % 

3.69 % 
3.16 % 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 
 $ 

$ 

 $ 

70,849  
8,784  
62,065  
900  
20,097  
75,276  

5,986  

(2,919 ) 
8,905  

0.16  

0.15  
3.97  

3.89  

2,322,347  
1,153,679  
938,561  
2,063,295  
-  
21,681  
226,460  

0.43 % 

4.02 % 
3.23 % 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 
 $ 

$ 

 $ 

54,227  
6,863  
47,364  
1,557  
15,312  
56,293  

4,826  

(119 ) 
4,945  

0.13  

0.12  
3.79  

3.70  

  1,923,931  
955,817  
803,604  
1,677,670  
-  
21,881  
215,053  

0.30 % 

3.97 % 
3.14 % 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 
 $ 

$ 

 $ 

45,436  
5,381  
40,055  
500  
9,943  
47,091  

2,407  

(26 ) 
2,433  

0.06  

0.06  
3.00  

3.00  

  1,438,824  
866,066  
460,131  
1,249,298  
47,000  
21,857  
113,375  

0.19 % 

2.14 % 
3.29 % 

3.51 % 

3.28 % 

3.64 % 

3.45 % 

3.59 % 

0.53 % 

0.60 % 

0.74 % 

0.95 % 

0.99 % 

74.65 % 

83.31 % 

57.93 % 

48.45 % 

68.95 % 

1.28 % 

0.94 % 

0.13 % 

10.72 % 
10.64 % 

14.75 % 

16.13 % 

16.70 % 

1.96 % 

1.51 % 

0.12 % 

7.63 % 
12.74 % 

16.59 % 

18.28 % 

18.99 % 

1.44 % 

1.66 % 

0.41 % 

8.67 % 
9.65 % 

10.42 % 

12.40 % 

13.19 % 

0.71 % 

0.42 % 

0.08 % 

8.36 % 
7.83 % 

11.41 % 

11.93 % 

12.37 % 

0.72 % 

0.60 % 

0.17 % 

9.16 % 
9.35 % 

13.90 % 

14.53 % 

15.03 % 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7:  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition should be 
read in conjunction with Item 6 “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and 
the notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking 
statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, 
including but not limited to those set forth in Item 1A, entitled, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report 
may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. 

Executive Summary 

“The  Power  of  Red is  Back”  expansion  campaign  continues to  produce impressive  results from a 
balance sheet perspective. During 2019 total assets grew by $588 million or 21% driven by the success of 
our customer centric banking philosophy of turning customers into “FANS”. Deposit balances increased 
by 25% as our network of stores continues to drive new customer relationships. Loan production was also 
significant as outstanding balances increased by 22%. 

Earnings during 2019 were negatively impacted by compression of our net interest margin caused by a 
flat and, at times, an inverted yield curve. The shape of the yield curve is driving lower yields on interest 
earning assets and higher rates on interest bearing liabilities. In the midst of this challenging interest rate 
environment we have also incurred costs required to expand into New York City. In addition to new hires, 
training, advertising, and occupancy expenses for the opening of our first two stores in New York this year, 
we have also established a management and lending team for this new market.  

As we enter the new year, a number of  cost control measures  have been implemented to offset the 
challenges faced in growing revenue as a result of compression in the net interest margin. These measures 
will begin to take effect during the first quarter of 2020. 

Additional highlights for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows: 

  Total  deposits  increased  by  $606  million,  or  25%,  to  $3.0  billion  as  of  December  31,  2019 

compared to $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2018. 

  New stores opened since the beginning of the “Power of Red is Back” expansion campaign are 
currently growing deposits at an average rate of $30 million per year, while the average deposit 
growth for all stores over the last twelve months was approximately $22 million per store. 

  Expansion into New York City began in 2019 with the opening of our first two stores located at the 

corner of 14th Street and 5th Avenue and the corner of 51st Street and 3rd Avenue. 

  Total  loans  grew  $312  million,  or  22%,  to  $1.7  billion  as  of  December  31,  2019  compared  to 
$1.4 billion at December 31, 2018. The success of our relationship banking strategy continues to 
produce growth rates far in excess of industry standards. 

  Total assets increased by $588 million, or 21%, to $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2019 compared 

to $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2018. 

  We  had  twenty-nine  convenient  store  locations  open  at  December  31,  2019.  During  2019  we 
celebrated the grand opening of four new stores. In addition to the two stores opened in New York 
City, we added locations in Lumberton, NJ and Feasterville, PA.  

30 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  A new store was opened in Northfield, NJ early in 2020. Construction on a new store in Bensalem, 
PA  is  ongoing  and  expected  to  be  complete  during  the  second  quarter  of  2020.  There  are  also 
multiple sites in various stages of development for future store locations. 

  Profitability declined during 2019. We recorded a net loss of $3.5 million, or ($0.06) per share, for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to net income of $8.6 million, or $0.15 per 
share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.  

  The  net  interest  margin  decreased  by  31  basis  points  to  2.85%  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2019 compared to 3.16% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Margin 
compression was driven by a flat and inverted yield curve experienced during 2019. 

  The  ratio  of  non-performing  assets  to  total  assets  declined  to  0.42%  as  of  December  31,  2019 
compared to 0.60% as of December 31, 2018. The Company was able to successfully liquidate the 
single largest non-performing asset on its books during the fourth quarter of 2019. 

  The Company’s residential mortgage division, Oak Mortgage, is serving the home financing needs 
of customers throughout its footprint. The Oak Mortgage team originated more than $450 million 
in mortgage loans during 2019. 

  Meeting the needs of small business customers continued to be an important part of the Company’s 
lending strategy.  More than $55 million in new SBA loans were originated during the twelve month 
period ended December 31, 2019. We continue to be a top SBA lender in our market area based on 
the dollar volume of loan originations. 

  The Total Risk-Based Capital ratio was 12.37% and Tier I Leverage Ratio was 7.83% at December 

31, 2019. 

  Book value per common share increased to $4.23 as of December 31, 2019 compared to $4.17 as 

of December 31, 2018. 

Non-GAAP Based Financial Measures 

       Our  selected  financial  data  contains  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  calculated  using  non-GAAP 
amounts.  This measure is tangible book value per common share. Tangible book value per share adjusts 
the numerator by the amount of Goodwill and Other Intangible  Assets (as a  reduction  of  Shareholders’ 
Equity).  Management uses non-GAAP measures to present historical periods comparable to the current 
period presentation. In addition, management believes the use of non-GAAP measures provides additional 
clarity when assessing our financial results and use of equity.  Disclosures of this type should not be viewed 
as  substitutes  for  results  determined  to  be  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  nor  are  they  necessarily 
comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other entities.   

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  tangible  book  value  per  common  share  as  of 

December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

(dollars in thousands) 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Reconciling items: 
Goodwill  

Tangible common equity 
Common shares outstanding 
Tangible book value per common share 

December 31, 2019 

  December 31, 2018 

$          249,168 

$          245,189 

(5,011) 
$          244,157 
58,842,778 
$                4.15 

(5,011) 
$          240,178 
58,789,228 
$                4.09 

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates 

In reviewing and understanding our financial information, you are encouraged to read and understand 
the significant accounting policies used in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These policies 
are  described  in  Note  2  –  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements.  The  accounting  and  financial  reporting  policies  conform  to  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry. 
The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during 
the reporting period. Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis including 
those  related  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  carrying  values  of  other  real  estate  owned,  other  than 
temporary  impairment  of  securities,  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  and  deferred  income  taxes.  
Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are 
believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  These  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  on  the 
carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

We  have  identified  the  policies  related  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  other-than-temporary 
impairment of securities, loans receivable, mortgage loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments, 
forward  loan  sale  commitments,  goodwill,  other  real  estate owned,  and  deferred  income  taxes  as  being 
critical.  

Allowance for Loan Losses - Management’s ongoing evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for 
loan losses is based on our past loan loss experience, the volume and composition of our lending, adverse 
situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, 
current economic conditions and other factors affecting the known and inherent risk in the portfolio.  The 
allowance  for  loan  losses  is  increased  by  charges  to  income  through  the  provision  for  loan  losses  and 
decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). The allowance is maintained at a level that management, based 
upon its evaluation, considers adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This evaluation is 
inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including, among others, the amount and timing of 
expected future cash flows on impacted loans, exposure at default, value of collateral, and estimated losses 
on our commercial and residential loan portfolios. All of these estimates may be susceptible to significant 
change. 

The allowance consists of specific allowances for impaired loans, a general allowance on the remainder 
of  the  portfolio,  and  an  unallocated  component  to  account  for  a  level  of  imprecision  in  management’s 
estimation  process.  Although  management  determines  the  amount  of  each  element  of  the  allowance 
separately, the allowance for loan losses as a whole is available for the entire loan portfolio. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
Management  establishes  an  allowance  on  certain  impaired  loans  for  the  amount  by  which  the 
discounted cash flows, observable market price, or fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, 
is lower than the carrying value of the loan. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current 
information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the 
contractual terms of the loan. A delay or shortfall in amount of payments does not necessarily result in the 
loan being identified as impaired. 

Management  also  establishes  a  general  allowance  on  non-impaired  loans  to  recognize  the  inherent 
losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to 
particular loans. This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category 
and  assigning  allowance  percentages  based  on  our  historical  loss  experience,  delinquency  trends,  and 
management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio. 

         Management  also  evaluates  classified  loans,  which  are  not  impaired.  We  segregate  these  loans  by 
category and assign qualitative factors to each loan based on inherent losses associated with each type of 
lending and consideration that these loans, in the aggregate, represent an above-average credit risk and that 
more of these loans will prove to be uncollectible compared to loans in the general portfolio.  Classification 
of a loan within this category is based on identified weaknesses that increase the credit risk of the loan. 

The  allowance  is  adjusted  for  significant  factors  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  affect  the 
collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. These significant factors may include changes in 
lending policies and procedures, changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting its 
primary lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral value, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning 
of the loan portfolio, loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business 
cycle, and bank regulatory examination results. The applied loss factors are re-evaluated each reporting 
period to ensure their relevance in the current economic environment. 

While  management  uses  the  best  information  known  to  it  in  order  to  make  loan  loss  allowance 
valuations,  adjustments  to  the  allowance  may  be  necessary  based  on  changes  in  economic  and  other 
conditions, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, or changes in accounting guidance. In times 
of economic slowdown, either regional or national, the risk inherent in the loan portfolio could increase 
resulting in the need for additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses in future periods. An increase 
could also be necessitated by an increase in the size of the loan portfolio or in any of its components even 
though  the  credit  quality  of  the  overall  portfolio  may  be  improving.  Historically,  the  estimates  of  the 
allowance for loan loss have provided adequate coverage against actual losses incurred.  In addition, the 
Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC, as an integral part of their examination 
processes, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking and 
Securities or the FDIC may require the recognition of adjustment to the allowance for loan losses based on 
their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations. To the extent that actual 
outcomes differ from management’s estimates, additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses may 
be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods. 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Securities - Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly 
basis,  and more frequently when market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine  whether a 
decline in their value is other-than-temporary. To determine whether a loss in value is other-than-temporary, 
management utilizes criteria such as the reasons underlying the decline, the magnitude and duration of the 
decline and our intent and ability to retain its investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to 
allow  for  an  anticipated  recovery  in  the  fair  value.  The  term  “other-than-temporary”  is  not  intended  to 
indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is 
not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater  

33 

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, 
the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized. 

Mortgage Banking Activities and Mortgage Loans Held for Sale – Mortgage loans held for sale are 
originated and held until sold to permanent investors. Management elected to adopt the fair value option in 
accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820,  Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosures, and record loans held for sale at fair value. 

Mortgage loans held for sale originated on or subsequent to the election of the fair value option, are 
recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The fair value is determined on a recurring basis by utilizing 
quoted  prices  from  dealers  in  such  securities.  Changes  in  fair  value  are  reflected  in  mortgage  banking 
income in the statements of income. Direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred and are 
included in non-interest expense in the statements of income. 

 Interest Rate Lock Commitments - Mortgage loan commitments known as interest rate locks that 
relate to the origination of a mortgage that will be held for sale upon funding are considered derivative 
instruments  under  the  derivatives  and  hedging  accounting  guidance  FASB  ASC  815,  Derivatives  and 
Hedging. Loan commitments that are classified as derivatives are recognized at fair value on the balance 
sheet as other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as mortgage banking 
income and included in non-interest income in the statements of income. Outstanding IRLCs are subject to 
interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of issuance through the date of loan 
funding, cancellation or expiration. Loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, 
the borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. Republic is subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which 
is realized if approved borrowers choose not to close on the loans within the terms of the IRLCs. Republic 
uses best efforts commitments to substantially eliminate these risks. The valuation of the IRLCs issued by 
Republic includes the value of the servicing released premium. Republic sells loans servicing released, and 
the  servicing  released  premium  is  included  in  the  market  price.  See  Note  23  Derivatives  and  Risk 
Management Activities for further detail on IRLCs. 

Forward  Loan  Sale  Commitments  -  Forward  loan  sale  commitments  are  commitments  to  sell 
individual mortgage loans at a fixed price to an investor at a future date. Forward loan sale commitments 
are accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair value, determined as the amount that would be necessary 
to settle the derivative financial instrument at the balance sheet date. Gross derivative assets and liabilities 
are recorded as other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value during the period recorded as 
mortgage banking income and included in non-interest income in the statements of income.  

Goodwill  -  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  cost  over  the  identifiable  net  assets  of  businesses 
acquired. Goodwill is recognized as an asset and is to be reviewed for impairment annually. The Company 
completed an annual impairment test for goodwill as of July 31, 2019 and 2018.  Future impairment testing 
will be conducted each year as of July 31, unless a triggering event occurs in the interim that would suggest 
impairment, in which case it would be tested as of the date of the triggering event. During the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no goodwill impairment recorded. There can be no assurance 
that future impairment assessments or tests will not result in a charge to earnings. There was $5.0 million of 
goodwill at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned consists of assets acquired through, or in lieu of, 
loan foreclosure.  They are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date 
of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.  Subsequent  to  foreclosure,  valuations  are  periodically 
performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less the 
cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in 
net expenses from other real estate owned. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes - Management makes estimates and judgments to calculate various tax liabilities and 
determine the recoverability of various deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between 
the tax and financial statement recognition of revenues and expenses. Management also estimates a reserve 
for deferred tax assets if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all 
of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. These estimates and judgments are 
inherently subjective.  Historically, management’s  estimates  and  judgments  to calculate the  deferred  tax 
accounts have not required significant revision. 

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, management considers all available positive and 
negative  evidence,  including  the  past  operating  results  and  forecasts  of  future  taxable  income.  In 
determining future taxable income, management makes assumptions for the amount of taxable income, the 
reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. 
These  assumptions  require  management  to  make  judgments  about  the  future  taxable  income  and  are 
consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the business. Any reduction in estimated future 
taxable income may require management to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets. 
An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period and 
could have a significant impact on future earnings. 

Results of Operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018  

We  reported  a  net  loss  of  $3.5  million,  or  ($0.06)  per  diluted  share,  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December  31,  2019  compared to  net income of  $8.6 million,  or  $0.15 per diluted  share,  for  the  twelve 
months ended December 31, 2018. Earnings in 2019 were negatively impacted by compression of the net 
interest margin caused by a flat and inverted yield curve which drove lower yields on interest earning assets 
and higher rates on interest bearing liabilities. In the midst of this challenging rate environment we have 
also incurred costs to execute our expansion strategy in New York City. In addition to new hires, training, 
advertising, and occupancy expenses related to the opening of our first two stores in New York, we also 
established a management and lending team for this new market. 

Net  interest  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  increased  $1.9  million  to 
$77.8 million as compared to $75.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Total assets 
grew by $588 million,  or 21%,  during  2019 to  $3.3 billion.  However,  growth  in  net interest  income of 
$8.8 million driven by the increase in interest earning assets was offset by a decrease of $6.9 million as a 
result of interest rate changes resulting in a net increase of only $1.9 million in net interest income. For 
comparison purposes net interest income increased by $13.5 million during 2018 on growth in assets of 
$431 million.  Interest income increased  $12.8 million,  or  14%,  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in average 
interest-earning  assets,  primarily  loans  receivable.  Interest  expense  increased  $10.9  million,  or  67%, 
primarily due to an increase in the rate on average interest-bearing liabilities and average deposit balances. 
The net interest margin decreased by 31 basis points to 2.85% during the twelve months ended December 
31, 2019 compared to 3.16% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.  

We recorded a loan loss provision in the amount of $1.9 million, a decrease of $395,000 for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019 compared to a provision of $2.3 million during the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018. The provision recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 is charged to 
operations in an amount necessary to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level that management 
believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The decrease in the provision year over 
year  was  primarily  a  result  of a decrease  in  the  allowance  required  for loans individually  evaluated  for 

35 

 
 
  
 
 
 
impairment during 2019 and is supported by the steady decline in the ratio of non-performing assets to total 
assets. 

Non-interest income increased $3.4 million to $23.7 million during the twelve months ended December 
31, 2019 as compared to $20.3 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The increase 
was primarily driven by higher service fees on deposit accounts and gains on sale of investment securities 
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. 

Non-interest  expenses  increased  $20.8  million  to  $104.5  million  during  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2019 as compared to $83.7 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.  
The  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  higher  salaries,  employee  benefits,  occupancy,  and  equipment 
expenses associated with the addition of new stores related to our expansion strategy which we refer to as 
“The Power of Red is Back”. 

Return on average assets and average equity were (0.12%) and (1.41%), respectively, during the twelve 
months  ended  December  31,  2019  compared  to  0.34%  and  3.69%,  respectively,  for  the  twelve  months 
ended December 31, 2018. 

36 

 
   
 
 
Average Balances and Net Interest Income 

Historically, our earnings have depended primarily upon Republic’s net interest income, which is the 
difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. 
Net interest income is affected by changes in the mix of the volume and rates of interest-earning assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities. The following table provides an analysis of net interest income on an annualized 
basis,  setting  forth  for  the  periods average  assets,  liabilities,  and  shareholders’  equity,  interest  income 
earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, average yields earned 
on interest-earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities, and Republic’s net interest margin 
(net interest income as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets). Averages are computed based 
on daily balances. Non-accrual loans are included in average loans receivable. Yields are adjusted for tax 
equivalency, a non-GAAP measure, using a rate of 21% in 2019, 21% in 2018, and 35% in 2017. 

Average Balances and Net Interest Income 

For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2019 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2017 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Yield/ 
Rate(1) 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Yield/ 
Rate(1) 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Yield/ 
Rate(1) 

$ 

129,528  $ 

2,571  1.98% 

$ 

40,931  $ 

847  2.07% 

$ 

48,148  $ 

577  1.20% 

  27,886  2.59% 
  74,946  4.85%   
  105,403  3.83%   

  15,621  1.32%   
6,796  0.96%   
3,850  2.02%   
  26,267  1.00%   
  26,267  1.26%   
790  3.45%   
  27,057  1.29%   
  27,057  1.02%   

  1,074,706 
  1,544,904 
  2,749,138 
229,767 
$  2,978,905 

$ 
555,385 
  1,184,530 
705,445 
190,567 
  2,635,927 
  2,080,542 
22,911 
  2,103,453 
  2,658,838 
71,131 
248,936 

$  2,978,905 

  27,316  2.63% 
  64,455  4.81% 
  92,618  3.83% 

7,946  0.87% 
4,898  0.70% 
1,588  1.23% 
  14,432  0.65% 
  14,432  0.83% 
1,738  2.36% 
  16,170  0.89% 
  16,170  0.70% 

  1,037,810 
  1,340,117 
  2,418,858 
131,369 
$  2,550,227 

$ 

488,995 
918,508 
697,135 
128,892 
  2,233,530 
  1,744,535 
73,573 
  1,818,108 
  2,307,103 
9,431 
233,693 

$  2,550,227 

811,269 
  1,090,851 
  1,950,268 
115,770 
$  2,066,038 

$ 

372,171 
687,586 
629,464 
110,952 
  1,800,173 
  1,428,002 
35,429 
  1,463,431 
  1,835,602 
8,942 
221,494 

$  2,066,038 

  20,466  2.52% 
  50,687  4.65% 
  71,730  3.68% 

3,020  0.44% 
3,160  0.50% 
1,238  1.12% 
7,418  0.41% 
7,418  0.52% 
1,366  3.86% 
8,784  0.60% 
8,784  0.48% 

$  78,346 

$  76,448 

$  62,946 

  2.54% 
2.85% 

  2.94% 
3.16% 

 3.08% 
3.23% 

(dollars in thousands) 
Interest-earning assets: 

Federal funds sold and other 
interest earning assets 

Investment securities and restricted 

stock 

Loans receivable 

Total interest-earning assets 

Other assets 

Total assets 

Interest bearing liabilities: 

Demand – non-interest bearing 
Demand – interest bearing 
Money market & savings 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 
Total interest bearing deposits 
Other borrowings 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 
Total deposits and other borrowings 
Non-interest bearing other liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ 

equity 

Net interest income(2) 
Net interest spread 
Net interest margin(2) 

(1)  Yields on investments are calculated based on amortized cost. 
(2)  Net  interest  income  and  net  interest  margin  are  presented  on  a  tax  equivalent  basis,  a  Non-GAAP 
measure.  Net interest income has been increased over the financial statement amount by $539, $544, 
and $881 in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, to adjust for tax equivalency. The tax equivalent net 
interest margin is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average total interest 
earning assets. 

37 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income 

Net interest income may also be analyzed by segregating the volume and rate components of interest 
income and interest expense. The following table sets forth an analysis of volume and rate changes in net 
interest income for the periods indicated. For purposes of this table, changes in interest income and expense 
are  allocated to  volume  and  rate  categories  based  upon the  respective changes in  average  balances  and 
average rates. Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis, a Non-
GAAP measure. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Interest earned: 

Federal funds sold and other 
interest-earning assets 

Securities 
Loans 

Total interest-earning assets 

Interest expense: 

Deposits 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Money market and savings 
Time deposits 

Total deposit interest expense 
Other borrowings 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

Year ended  
December 31, 2019 vs. 2018 

Changes due to: 

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 vs. 2017 
Changes due to: 

  Average 
Volume 

  Average 

Rate 

Total 
Change 

Average 
Volume 

  Average 

Rate 

Total 
Change 

$ 

 $ 

 $ 

1,759  $ 
958 
9,439 
12,156 

$ 

(35)
(388)  

  1,052 
629 

1,724 
570 
10,491 
12,785 

  $ 

(149)
5,963 
  11,596 
  17,410 

$  

419 
887 
2,172 
3,478 

$ 

270 
6,850 
13,768 
  20,888 

3,508  $ 
46 
1,246 
4,800 
(1,402)  
3,398 
8,758  $ 

4,167   $ 

  1,852 
  1,016 
  7,035 
454 
  7,489 
(6,860)  $ 

7,675 
1,898 
2,262 
11,835 
(948)
10,887 
1,898 

  $ 

1,998 
516 
221 
2,735 
742 
3,477 
  $  13,933 

$ 

$ 

2,928   $ 
1,222 
129 
4,279 
(370)  
3,909 
(431)   $ 

4,926 
1,738 
350 
7,014 
372 
7,386 
13,502 

       Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

      Net interest income, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, for the twelve months ended 
December  31,  2019  increased  by  $1.9  million,  or  2%,  over  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018. 
Interest income on interest-earning assets totaled $105.4 million for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2019, an increase of $12.8 million, compared to $92.6 million for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2018. The increase in interest income earned was primarily the result of an increase in average interest-
earning balances, primarily loans receivable. Total interest expense for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2019 increased $10.9 million, or 67%, to $27.1 million from $16.2 million for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018. Interest expense on deposits increased by $11.8 million, or 82%, for the twelve months 
ended  December 31, 2019 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 due to  higher  rates and 
increases in average deposit balances. Interest expense on other borrowings decreased by $948,000 for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 due 
primarily to a $48.2 million decrease in average overnight borrowings. 

Changes in net interest income are frequently measured by two statistics: net interest rate spread and 
net interest margin. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-
earning assets and the average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest rate spread on a 
fully tax-equivalent basis was 2.54% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 versus 2.94% 
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Net interest margin represents the difference between 
interest income, including net loan fees earned, and interest expense, reflected as a percentage of average 
interest-earning assets. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fully tax-equivalent 
net interest margin was 2.85% and 3.16%, respectively. Compression in the net interest margin was driven 

38 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
by flattening of the yield curve resulting in a more rapid increase in our cost of funds compared to the yield 
on interest earning assets. 

Provision for Loan Losses 

We recorded a provision for loan losses in the amount of $1.9 million, a decrease of $395,000, for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to a $2.3 million provision for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018. The provision for loan losses is charged to operations in an amount necessary to bring 
the total allowance for loan losses to a level that management believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses 
in the loan portfolio. The provision recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 decreased primarily as a result of a decrease in the allowance 
required for loans individually evaluated for impairment. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total 
assets declined to 0.42% as of December 31, 2019 compared to 0.60% as of December 31, 2018. This is 
the fifth consecutive year that this ratio has declined. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans also 
declined during 2019. 

Non-Interest Income  

       Total non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 increased by $3.4 million, 
or 17%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Service fees on deposit accounts totaled 
$7.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 which represents an increase of $2.1 million 
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven by growth in customer 
deposit  accounts and transaction volume.  We recognized gains  of  $1.1 million on  the  sale  of securities 
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1.2 million, compared to losses of 
$67,000 on the sales of securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Loan and servicing fees 
totaled  $1.6  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  which  represents  an  increase  of 
$167,000 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.  Gains on the sale of SBA loans totaled 
$3.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $82,000, versus $3.1 million 
for the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018.  Mortgage  banking  income  totaled  $10.1  million  and 
$10.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

Non-Interest Expenses 

Non-interest expenses increased by $20.8 million, or 25%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2019, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. An explanation of changes of non-interest 
expenses for certain categories is presented in the following paragraphs. 

       Salary expenses and employee benefits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 increased by 
$9.8 million, or 22%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily 
driven by annual merit increases along with increased staffing levels related to our growth strategy of adding 
and relocating stores, which we refer to as “The Power of Red is Back”. There were twenty-nine stores 
open as of December 31, 2019 compared to twenty-five stores open at December 31, 2018. The strategic 
decision to expand into New York City was also a significant factor driving the increase in salaries and 
employee benefits. 

Occupancy expense, including depreciation and amortization expense, increased by $4.6 million, or 
34%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to the twelve months ended December 
31, 2018, also as a result of our continuing growth and expansion strategy. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
       Other real estate owned expenses totaled $2.1 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 
2019,  an  increase  of  $521,000,  when  compared  to  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018.  This 
increase was a result of higher costs to carry foreclosed properties on foreclosed assets during the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019. 

       All other non-interest expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 increased $5.8 million 
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. Increases in expenses related to data processing, 
advertising,  automated  teller  machine  expenses,  and  professional  fees  were  mainly  associated  with  our 
growth strategy. 

       One key measure that management utilizes to monitor progress in controlling overhead expenses is the 
ratio of annualized net non-interest expenses to average assets, a non-GAAP measure. For purposes of this 
calculation, net non-interest expenses equal non-interest expenses less non-interest income. For the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019, the ratio equaled 2.71% compared to 2.49% for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018, respectively. The increase in this ratio was mainly due to our growth and expansion 
strategy which drives the addition of new stores, along with additional employees to support the growth 
strategy. 

       Another productivity measure utilized by management is the operating efficiency ratio, another non-
GAAP measure. This ratio expresses the relationship of non-interest expenses to net interest income plus 
non-interest  income.  The  efficiency  ratio  equaled  102.90%  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31, 
2019, compared to 87.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The increase for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 was due to non-
interest expenses increasing at a faster rate than net interest income and non-interest income. 

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes 

We recorded a benefit for income taxes of $1.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2019  compared  to  a  provision  of  $1.6  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018.  The 
effective tax rates for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were (28%) and 15%, 
respectively. The effect of permanent deductions increases the effective tax benefit percentage when in a 
pre-tax loss position and decreases the effective tax rate when in a pre-tax income position. 

       We evaluate the carrying amount of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis or more frequently, if 
necessary,  in  accordance with the  guidance  provided in  Financial  Accounting Standards  Board  (FASB) 
Accounting  Standards  Codification  Topic  740  (ASC  740),  in  particular,  applying  the  criteria  set  forth 
therein to determine whether it is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion, 
or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized within its life cycle, based on the weight of available 
evidence.  If management makes a determination based on the available evidence that it is more likely than 
not that some portion or all of the deferred  tax assets will not be realized in future periods,  a valuation 
allowance is calculated and recorded.  These determinations are inherently subjective and dependent upon 
estimates and judgments concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence.  

       In  conducting  the  deferred  tax  asset  analysis,  we  believe  it  is  important  to  consider  the  unique 
characteristics of an industry or business.  In particular, characteristics such as business model, level of 
capital and reserves held by a financial institution and the ability to absorb potential losses are important 
distinctions to be considered for bank holding companies like us. In addition, it is also important to consider 
that net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) calculated for federal income tax purposes can generally be 
carried back two years and carried forward for a period of twenty years, for NOLs created prior to January 1, 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
2018. Federal NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely. In order to 
realize our deferred tax assets, we must generate sufficient taxable income in such future years. 

In  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance,  the  Company  carefully  weighed  both  positive  and 
negative evidence currently available. Judgment is required when considering the relative impact of such 
evidence. The weight given to the potential effect of positive and negative evidence must be commensurate 
with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. 

The  Company  is  in  a  3-year  cumulative  profit  position  factoring  in  pre-tax  GAAP  income  and 
permanent  book/tax  differences.  Strong  growth  in interest-earning  assets  is  expected  to  continue  and  is 
supported by the capital raise completed at the end of 2016. The ratio of non-performing assets to total 
assets along with other credit quality metrics continue to improve. A number of cost control measures have 
been implemented to offset the challenges faced in growing revenue as a result of compression in the net 
interest margin. The Company has added 10 store locations in the past 3 years and since the inception of 
the “Power of Red is Back” growth and expansion strategy in 2014 almost every new store location has 
met or exceeded expectations. The success of the expansion into New York, combined with the stabilization 
of interest rates and continued loan growth are expected to improve profitability going forward. 

Conversely, the Company generated a loss in the current year when factoring in pre-tax GAAP income 
and permanent book/tax differences. The Bank’s net interest margin declined during 2019 as a result of the 
challenging interest rate environment which appears to be consistent across the financial services industry. 
Non-accrual loans increased by 20 percent during 2019. Rising interest rates and a downturn in the economy 
could significantly decrease the volume of mortgage loan originations. 

The Company has experienced a growing balance sheet driven by the growth and expansion strategy 
over the last several years. Loans and deposits have consistently grown at rates far above industry standards 
generating a higher level of interest earning assets. Assets quality metrics have improved to levels not seen 
in more than 20 years. From 2014 to 2018, the Company demonstrated consistent and steady improvement 
in  earnings  despite  the  investments  required  to  initiate  the  expansion  plan  which  put  it  in  a  position to 
comfortably  rely  on  projections  of  future  taxable  income  when  evaluating  the  need  for  a  valuation 
allowance against its deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

In 2019, the Company began opening branches in New York City. Management was aware of the initial 
costs and investments required to expand into this new market. As a result of the flat and inverted yield 
curve  experienced  in  2019,  the  net  interest  margin  compressed  and  revenue  did  not  grow  at  the  rate 
necessary to support the increased expense levels which caused a decline in earnings. Management and the 
Board of Directors have engaged in detailed discussions on how to improve profitability going forward. 
During the preparation of the 2020 budget, several cost reduction and control initiatives were identified and 
incorporated into the projections. These initiatives include, but are not limited to, a reduction of store hours 
and  slowing  of  the  number  of  locations  to  be  opened  in  the  coming  years.  Efforts  to  reduce  high  cost 
deposits  and  increase  loan  production  to  improve  the  net  interest  margin  have  also  been  initiated.  The 
Company’s multi-year budget plan projects future taxable income will be more than sufficient to support 
the realization of the deferred tax assets. 

Based on the guidance provided in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740 (ASC 740), 
the Company believed that the positive evidence considered at December 31, 2019 outweighed the negative 
evidence and that it was more likely than not that all of the Company’s deferred tax assets would be realized 
within their life cycle. Therefore, a valuation allowance was not required at December 31, 2019. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net deferred tax asset balance was $12.6 million as of December 31, 2019, $12.3 million as of 
December 31, 2018, and $12.7 million as of December 31, 2017. The deferred tax asset will continue to be 
analyzed on a quarterly basis for changes affecting realizability.   

      Net Income and Net Income per Common Share 

      The net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was $3.5 million, compared to net income 
of $8.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. For the twelve months ended December 
31,  2019,  basic  and  fully-diluted net  loss  per common  share  was  ($0.06),  compared to  basic  and fully-
diluted net income per common share of $0.15, respectively for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018. 

Return on Average Assets and Average Equity 

      Return on average assets (ROA) measures our net income in relation to our total average assets. The 
ROA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was (0.12%) and 0.34%, respectively. 
Return  on  average  equity  (ROE)  indicates  how  effectively  we  can  generate  net  income  on  the  capital 
invested by our stockholders. ROE is calculated by dividing annualized net income by average stockholders' 
equity. The ROE for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was (1.41%), compared to 3.69% for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2018. 

Results of Operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017  

We  reported  net  income  of  $8.6  million,  or  $0.15  per  diluted  share,  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December  31,  2018  compared to  net income of  $8.9 million,  or  $0.15 per diluted  share,  for  the  twelve 
months ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in net income of $278,000 was related to an increase in 
total non-interest expense and the provision for income taxes partially offset by an increase in net interest 
income and non-interest income. Net income before tax grew by 70%, or $4.2 million to $10.2 million for 
the twelve months December 31, 2018 compared to net income before tax of $6.0 million for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2017. 

Net  interest  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018  increased  $13.8  million  to 
$75.9 million  as  compared  to  $62.1  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017.  Interest 
income increased $21.2 million, or 30.0%, due primarily to an increase in average loans receivable and 
investment  securities  balances.  Interest  expense  increased  $7.4  million,  or  84.1%,  primarily  due  to  an 
increase  in  the  cost  of  average  interest-bearing  liabilities  and  the  balance  of  average  interest-bearing 
liabilities. The increase in interest rates associated with the cost of interest-bearing liabilities was mainly 
driven by the increases in the Fed Funds rate during 2018. 

We recorded a loan loss provision in the amount of $2.3 million, an increase of $1.4 million for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2018 compared to a provision of $900,000 during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2017. The higher provision recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 
is charged to operations in an amount necessary to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level that 
management believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The increase was primarily 
a  result  of  an  increase  in the  allowance  required  for loans  collectively  evaluated  for impairment  due to 
growth in outstanding loans during 2018. 

Non-interest income increased $225,000 to $20.3 million during the twelve months ended December 
31, 2018 as compared to $20.1 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. The increase 

42 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
was primarily driven by service fees on deposit accounts, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage banking 
income, gains on the sale of SBA loans, and loan and servicing fees recorded during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2017. 

Non-interest  expenses  increased  $8.4  million  to  $83.7  million  during  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2018 as compared to $75.3 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017.  
The  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  higher  salaries,  employee  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment 
expenses associated with the addition of new stores related to our expansion strategy which we refer to as 
“The Power of Red is Back”. 

Return on average assets and average equity were 0.34% and 3.69%, respectively, during the twelve 
months  ended  December  31,  2018  compared  to  0.43%  and  4.02%,  respectively,  for  the  twelve  months 
ended December 31, 2017. 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

      Net interest income, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018 increased by $13.5 million, or 21.5%, over twelve months ended December 31, 2017. 
Interest income on interest-earning assets totaled $92.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018, an increase of $20.9 million, compared to $71.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2017. The increase in interest income earned was primarily the result of an increase in the average balances 
of loans receivable and investment securities. Total interest expense for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2018 increased $7.4 million, or 84.1%, to $16.2 million from $8.8 million for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2017. Interest expense on deposits increased by $7.0 million, or 94.6%, for the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2018 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 due to increases in average 
deposit  balances  and  higher  rates.  Interest  expense  on  other  borrowings  increased  by  $372,000  for  the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2018 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 due 
primarily to a $46.1 million increase in average overnight borrowings balances. 

       Changes in net interest income are frequently measured by two statistics: net interest rate spread and 
net interest margin. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-
earning assets and the average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest rate spread on a 
fully tax-equivalent basis was 2.94% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 versus 3.08% 
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. Net interest margin represents the difference between 
interest income, including net loan fees earned, and interest expense, reflected as a percentage of average 
interest-earning assets. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fully tax-equivalent 
net interest margin was 3.16% and 3.23%, respectively.  The net interest margin for the twelve months 
ended  December  31,  2018  decreased  primarily  as a  result  of  the  cost  of  funds  associated  with interest-
bearing liabilities rising at a faster rate than the yield earned on interest-earning assets. 

Provision for Loan Losses 

We recorded a provision for loan losses in the amount of $2.3 million, an increase of $1.4 million, for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 compared to a $900,000 provision for  the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2017. The provision for loan losses is charged to operations in an amount necessary 
to  bring  the  total  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  a  level  that  management  believes  is  adequate  to  absorb 
inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The provision recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018 as compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 increased primarily as a result of an 
increase in the allowance required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment driven by an increase in 
loans receivable. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Non-Interest Income  

       Total non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 increased by $225,000, or 
1.1%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. Service fees on deposit accounts totaled 
$5.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 which represents an increase of $1.6 million 
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. This increase was driven by growth in customer 
deposit accounts and transaction volume. We recognized losses of $67,000 on the sale of securities during 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $79,000, compared to losses of $146,000 on 
the sales of securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. Mortgage banking income totaled 
$10.2 million and $11.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The decrease 
of $937,000 is primarily driven by fair adjustments on loans held for sale and IRLCs. Gains on the sale of 
SBA loans totaled $3.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $273,000, 
versus $3.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017.  

Non-Interest Expenses 

Non-interest expenses increased by $8.4 million, or 11.2%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. An explanation of changes of non-interest 
expenses for certain categories is presented in the following paragraphs. 

       Salary expenses and employee benefits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 increased by 
$6.1  million,  or  16.1%,  compared  to  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017.  The  increase  was 
primarily driven by annual merit increases along with increased staffing levels related to our growth strategy 
of adding and relocating stores, which we refer to as “The Power of Red is Back”. There were twenty-five 
stores open as of December 31, 2018 compared to twenty-two stores open at December 31, 2017.  

Occupancy expense, including depreciation and amortization expense, increased by $1.7 million, or 
14.6%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 compared to the twelve months ended December 
31, 2017, also as a result of our continuing growth and expansion strategy. 

       Other real estate owned expenses totaled $1.6 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018, a decrease of $2.5 million, when compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. This 
decrease was primarily due to the writedown of a single OREO property in the amount  of  $2.7 million 
during 2017. This writedown was driven by our decision to aggressively pursue a resolution for our largest 
non-performing asset. 

       All other non-interest expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 increased $3.1 million 
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. Increases in expenses related to data processing, 
automated  teller  machine  expenses,  professional  fees,  and  regulatory  assessments  which  were  mainly 
associated with our growth strategy. 

       One key measure that management utilizes to monitor progress in controlling overhead expenses is the 
ratio of annualized net non-interest expenses to average assets, a non-GAAP measure. For purposes of this 
calculation, net non-interest expenses equal non-interest expenses less non-interest income. For the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2018, the ratio equaled 2.49% compared to 2.67% for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2017, respectively. The decrease in this ratio was mainly due to our growth in average assets. 

       Another productivity measure utilized by management is the operating efficiency ratio, another non-
GAAP measure. This ratio expresses the relationship of non-interest expenses to net interest income plus 
non-interest income. The efficiency ratio equaled 87.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, 
compared to 91.6% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. The decrease for the twelve months 

44 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ended  December  31,  2018  versus  the twelve  months  ended  December 31,  2017  was  due  to  net  interest 
income increasing at a faster rate than non-interest expenses.  

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes 

We recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2018,  an  increase  of  $4.2  million,  compared  to  a  benefit  of  $2.9  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2017. We began recognizing an increased provision for federal and state income taxes during 
the first quarter of 2018 after reversing our deferred tax asset valuation allowance during the fourth quarter 
of 2017. We initially recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance in 2011 and continued to carry this 
allowance after determining that some portion of the deferred tax asset balance may not be realized within 
its life cycle based on the weight of available evidence. Adjustments to the valuation allowance resulted in 
the  recognition  of  a  minimal  provision  for  income  taxes  in  each  period  until  its  reversal  in  2017.  The 
effective tax rates for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were 15% and 27%, 
respectively. The effective tax rate for December 31, 2017 excluded the adjustment to the deferred tax asset 
valuation allowance and offsets for the impact of the new tax legislation. 

      Net Income and Net Income per Common Share 

      Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 was $8.6 million, a decrease of $278,000, 
compared to $8.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. For the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018, basic and fully-diluted net income per common share was $0.15, compared to basic 
and fully-diluted net income per common  share of $0.16 and $0.15, respectively for the twelve  months 
ended December 31, 2017. 

Return on Average Assets and Average Equity 

      Return on average assets (ROA) measures our net income in relation to our total average assets. The 
ROA for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 0.34% and 0.43%, respectively. Return 
on average equity (ROE) indicates how effectively we can generate net income on the capital invested by 
our stockholders. ROE is calculated by dividing annualized net income by average stockholders' equity. 
The ROE for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 was 3.69%, compared to 4.02% for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2017. 

Financial Condition 

December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018  

Total assets increased by $588 million to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2019, compared to $2.8 billion 

at December 31, 2018.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits comprise this category, which consists of our 
most  liquid  assets.  The  aggregate  amount  in  these  three  categories  increased  by  $95.8  million  to 
$168.3 million at December 31, 2019, from $72.5 million at December 31, 2018.  

Loans Held for Sale 

Loans  held  for  sale  are  comprised  of  loans  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration 
(“SBA”)  which we usually originate with the intention of  selling  in the future and residential mortgage 

45 

 
 
  
        
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
loans,  which  we  also  intend  to  sell  in  the  future.  Total  SBA  loans  held  for  sale  were  $3.0  million  at 
December 31, 2019, a decrease of $2.4 million, compared to $5.4 million at December 31, 2018. Residential 
mortgage loans held for sale totaled $10.3 million at December 31, 2019, a decrease of $10.5 million, versus 
$20.9 million at December 31, 2018. Loans held for sale, as a percentage of our total assets, were less than 
1% at December 31, 2019.  

Loans Receivable 

The loan portfolio represents our largest asset category and is our most significant source of interest 
income. Our lending strategy is focused on small and medium sized businesses and professionals that seek 
highly  personalized banking services.  The loan portfolio consists of secured and unsecured commercial 
loans including commercial real estate, construction loans, residential mortgages, home improvement loans, 
home equity loans and lines of credit, overdraft lines of credit, and others. Commercial loans typically range 
between $250,000 and $5,000,000 but customers may borrow significantly larger amounts up to our legal 
lending limit to a customer, which was approximately $38.2 million at December 31, 2019. Loans made to 
one individual customer, even if secured by different collateral, are aggregated for purposes of the lending 
limit.  There  were  no loans  in  excess  of  the  legal  lending limit at  December  31,  2018.  A  $25.4 million 
threshold, which amounts to approximately 10% of total regulatory capital, reflects an additional internal 
monitoring guideline. We had one loan relationship in excess of $25.4 million at December 31, 2019 that 
amounted to $28.0 million.  

Loans increased $310.9 million, or 22%, to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2019, versus $1.4 billion at 
December 31, 2018. This growth was the result of an increase in loan demand in all loan categories driven 
by the successful execution of our relationship banking strategy which focuses on customer service. 

Investment Securities 

Investment  securities  considered available-for-sale  are  investments  that  may  be  sold  in  response  to 
changing market and interest rate conditions, and for liquidity and other purposes. Our investment securities 
classified  as  available-for-sale  consist  primarily  of  U.S.  Government  agency  Small  Business 
Administration (“SBA”) bonds, U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”), 
agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), municipal securities, and corporate bonds. Available-for-sale 
securities totaled $539.0 million at December 31, 2019 as compared to $321.0 million at December 31, 
2018. The $218.0 million increase was primarily due to the purchase of securities totaling $338.5 million 
partially  offset by  sales,  paydowns, maturities, and  calls  of  securities  totaling  $122.7  million  by  during 
2019. At December 31, 2019, the portfolio had a  net  unrealized loss of $1.7 million  compared to a net 
unrealized loss of $5.7 million at December 31, 2018. The $4.0 million decrease in the unrealized loss of 
the investment portfolio was driven by a decrease in market interest rates which drove an increase in value 
of the securities held in our portfolio during 2019. 

Investment securities held-to-maturity are investments for which there is the intent and ability to hold 
the investment to maturity. These investments are carried at amortized cost. The held-to-maturity portfolio 
consists  primarily  of  U.S. Government  agency  Small  Business  Investment  Company  bonds  (SBIC)  and 
Small  Business  Administration  (SBA)  bonds,  CMO’s  and  MBS’s.  The  fair  value  of  securities  held-to-
maturity  totaled  $653.1  million  and  $747.3  million  at  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018, 
respectively. The $94.2 million decrease was primarily due to paydowns, maturities, and calls of securities 
held in the portfolio totaling $116.5 million partially offset by an increase in the value of securities classified 
as held-to-maturity of $22.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. 

ASC 320 “Investments – Debt Securities” requires an entity to determine how to classify a security at 
the  time  of  acquisition.  The  appropriateness  of  the  original  classification  should  be  reassessed  at  each 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
reporting period.  The transfer of investment securities from available-for-sale to held-to maturity category 
during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 was completed after an extensive analysis of the characteristics 
of  all  securities  held  in  the  portfolio,  in  addition  to  a  review  of  our  liquidity  position  under  multiple 
scenarios  including  varying  interest  rate  environments.  Twenty-three  of  the  twenty-five  securities 
transferred  from available-to-sale to  held-to-maturity were collateralized mortgage obligations.  Thirteen 
securities transferred were GNMA collateralized mortgage obligations which are backed by the full faith 
and credit of the U.S. government.  The remaining ten collateralized mortgage obligations were issued by 
FNMA or FHLMC. Bonds issued by GNMA receive favorable risk rating when calculating regulatory risk-
based capital ratios. In addition, GNMA, FNMA, AND FHLMC securities are often pledged as collateral 
as required to hold certain government deposits and are accepted as collateral as a result of the high quality 
and low-risk nature of these bonds. The other two securities transferred from available-for sale to held-to-
maturity were FNMA agency mortgage backed securities. 

After  completion  of  these analyses  and  consideration  of  the  factors  mentioned  above,  management 
determined that it had the intent and ability to hold specific securities until maturity and it was appropriate 
to transfer them to the held-to-maturity category during the fourth quarter of 2018. 

The fair value of the securities transferred to the held-to-maturity category was $230.1 million.  The 
book value of the securities on the date of transfer was $239.5 million. The unrealized holding gain or loss 
on each individual security calculated at the time of transfer was reported as a component of shareholders’ 
equity in the accumulated other comprehensive income account and will be amortized as an adjustment to 
yield over the remaining life of each security. 

Restricted Stock 

Restricted stock, which represents a required investment in the capital stock of correspondent banks 
related to available credit facilities, is carried at cost as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.  As 
of those dates, restricted stock consisted of investments in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank 
of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) and Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (“ACBB”). 

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the investment in FHLB stock totaled $2.6 million and 
$5.6 million, respectively. The $3.0 million decrease was due to a lower required investment in FHLB stock 
during 2019. At both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, ACBB stock totaled $143,000. 

Other Real Estate Owned 

The  balance  of  other  real  estate  owned  decreased  to  $1.7  million  at  December  31,  2019  from 
$6.2 million at December 31, 2018. The decrease was  primarily the result of the disposition  of a single 
OREO property totaling $4.9 million during 2019. 

Operating Leases – Right of Use Asset 

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, also known as ASC 842 and ASU 2016-02, is the new 
lease accounting standard published by the FASB. ASC 842 represents a significant modification to the 
accounting treatment for leases, with the most significant change being that most leases, including operating 
leases,  will  now  be  capitalized  on  the  balance  sheet. Under  the  previous  guidance  (ASC  840),  FASB 
permitted  operating leases to be reported  only in the footnotes  of corporate financial statements. Under 
ASC 842, the only leases that are exempt from the capitalization requirement are short-term leases less than 
or equal to twelve months in length. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The right-of-use asset is valued as the initial amount of the lease liability obligation adjusted for any 
initial direct costs, prepaid or accrued rent, and any lease incentives. At December 31, 2019, the balance of 
the operating lease right-of-use asset was $64.8 million. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill amounted to $5.0 million at both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. We completed 
an annual impairment test for goodwill as of July 31, 2019 and 2018. Future impairment testing will be 
conducted as of July 31 on an annual basis, unless a triggering event occurs in the interim that would suggest 
impairment, in which case it would be tested as of the date of the triggering event. During the year ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no goodwill impairment recorded. There can be no assurance that 
future impairment assessments or tests will not result in a charge to earnings. 

Impairment is a condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair 
value. As of July 31, 2019, the fair value of the Reporting Unit exceeded its carrying value by 21%. The 
determination of the fair value of the Reporting Unit incorporates assumptions that marketplace participants 
would  use  in  their  estimates  of  fair  value  of  the  Reporting  Unit  in  a  change  of  control  transaction,  as 
prescribed by ASC Topic 820. 

To arrive at a conclusion of fair value, we utilize both the Income and Market Approach and then apply 
weighting factors to each result. Weighting factors represent our best business judgment of the weightings 
a  market  participant  would  utilize  in  arriving  at  a  fair  value  for  the  reporting  unit.  In  performing  our 
analyses, we also made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, business, economic 
and market conditions and various other matters, many of which cannot be predicted and are beyond our 
control. With respect to financial projections, projections reflect the best currently available estimates and 
judgments as to the expected future financial performance of the Reporting Unit. 

Premises and Equipment 

The  balance  of  premises  and  equipment  increased  to  $117.0  million  at  December  31,  2019  from 
$87.7 million  at  December  31,  2018.  The  $29.3  million  increase  was  primarily  due  to  premises  and 
equipment expenditures of $35.7 million less depreciation and amortization expenses of $6.5 million. New 
stores were opened in Lumberton, NJ, Feasterville, PA, and New York City during 2019 bringing the total 
store  count  to  twenty-nine.  We  ended  the  year  with  stores  under  construction  in  Northfield,  NJ  and 
Bensalem, PA. Northfield was opened in January 2020 with Bensalem scheduled to be completed by mid-
2020.  

Deposits 

       Deposits, which include non-interest and interest-bearing demand deposits, money market, savings and 
time deposits, are Republic’s major source of funding. Deposits are generally solicited from our market 
area through the offering of a variety of products to attract and retain customers, with a primary focus on 
multi-product relationships. 

Total deposits increased by $606.3 million to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2019, from $2.4 billion at 
December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily the result of significant growth in demand deposit balances. 
We constantly focus our efforts on the growth of deposit balances through the successful execution of our 
relationship banking model which is based upon a high level of customer service and  satisfaction. This 
strategy has also allowed us to build a stable core-deposit base and nearly eliminate our dependence upon 
the more volatile sources of funding found in brokered and internet certificates of deposit. 

48 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Short-term Borrowings 

As of December 31, 2019, we had no short-term borrowings with the FHLB compared to $91.4 million 
at December 31, 2018. The short-term borrowings were paid off in 2019 as a result of growth in deposit 
balances. 

Operating Lease Liability Obligation 

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, also known as ASC 842 and ASU 2016-02, is the new 
lease accounting standard published by the FASB. ASC 842 represents a significant modification to the 
accounting treatment for leases, with the most significant change being that most leases, including operating 
leases,  will  now  be  capitalized  on  the  balance  sheet. Under  the  previous  guidance  (ASC  840),  FASB 
permitted  operating leases to be reported  only in the footnotes  of corporate financial statements. Under 
ASC 842, the only leases that are exempt from the capitalization requirement are short-term leases less than 
or equal to twelve months in length. 

The operating lease liability obligation is calculated as the present value of the lease payments, using 
the  discount  rate  specified  in  the  lease,  or  if  that  is  not  available,  our  incremental  borrowing  rate.  At 
December 31, 2019, the balance of the operating lease liability obligation was $68.9 million.  

Shareholders’ Equity 

Total shareholders’ equity increased $4.0 million to $249.2 million at December 31, 2019 compared to 
$245.2  million  at  December  31,  2018.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  $4.6  million  decrease  in 
accumulated other comprehensive losses associated with an increase in the market value of investments in 
the portfolio, stock based compensation of $2.6 million, and stock option exercises of $261,000, partially 
offset by a $3.5 million net loss during the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Investment Securities Portfolio 

Republic’s investment securities portfolio is intended to provide liquidity and contribute to earnings 
while diversifying credit risk. We attempt to maximize earnings while minimizing our exposure to interest 
rate risk. The securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage 
obligations (CMO), agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS), corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. 
Government  agency  Small  Business  Investment  Company  bonds  (SBIC),  and  Small  Business 
Administration (SBA) bonds. Our ALCO committee monitors and reviews all security purchases. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
A  summary  of investment  securities  available-for-sale  and  investment  securities held-to-maturity at 

December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 is as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Available for sale 
U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 
Asset-backed securities 
Trust preferred securities 

Total amortized cost of securities 

At December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$         38,743 
329,492 
98,953 
4,064 
69,499 
- 
- 
$       540,751 

 $                  -
197,812
39,105
20,807
62,583
6,433
-
$       326,740

 $                  -
  327,972
55,664
15,142
62,670
13,414
725
  $      475,587

Total fair value of investment securities 

$       539,042 

$       321,014

  $      464,430

Held to maturity 
U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Other securities 

Total amortized cost of securities 

$         94,913 
416,177 
133,752 
- 
$       644,842 

$       107,390
500,690
153,483
-
$       761,563

  $      112,605
215,567
143,041
1,000
  $      472,213

Total fair value of investment securities 

$       653,109 

$       747,323

  $      463,799

The total amortized cost of the investment securities portfolio has grown to $1.2 billion at December 31, 
2019 compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2018, and $947.8 million at December 31, 2017.  Investment 
securities represented 35% of total assets at December 31, 2019 and 39% of total assets at December 31, 
2018.    We  evaluate  our  investment  securities  portfolio  on  a  continual  basis  in  light  of  the  interest  rate 
environment and changing market conditions and when appropriate, take necessary actions to improve and 
enhance our overall positioning.  We consider the portfolio to be well structured and of high quality. At 
December 31, 2019, 94% of the portfolio consisted of U.S. government debt securities or U.S. government 
agency issued mortgage-backed securities which were rated Aaa /AA+ by the major credit rating agencies. 

       The investment securities portfolio includes securities classified as both available for sale and held to 
maturity. During 2019 and 2018, we designated a portion of our securities portfolio as held to maturity 
based our intent and ability to hold those securities until they mature.  

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility 
and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates rise 
and increases when interest rates fall. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads 
widen and increases when credit spreads tighten. Net unrealized gains in  the total investment  securities 
portfolio were $6.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to net unrealized losses of $20.0 million at 
December 31, 2018. The increase was a result of a decrease in market interest rates in 2019. The comparable 
amounts  for  the  securities  classified  as  available  for  sale  were  unrealized  losses  of  $1.7  million  at 
December 31, 2019 and unrealized losses of $5.7 million at December 31, 2018.  

No single issuer of securities (excluding government agencies and Goldman Sachs corporate bonds) in 
the portfolio exceeded more than 10% of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 
2018. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We held nine U.S. Government agency securities, thirty-two collateralized mortgage obligations and 
seventeen  agency  mortgage-backed  securities  that  were  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  at  December  31, 
2019. Principal and interest payments of the underlying collateral for each of these securities carry minimal 
credit risk. Management found no evidence of OTTI on any of these securities and believes the unrealized 
losses are due to fluctuations in fair values resulting from changes in market interest rates and are considered 
temporary as of December 31, 2019. 

At December 31, 2019, the investment portfolio included seven municipal securities with a total market 
value  of  $4.1  million.    These  securities  are  reviewed  quarterly  for  impairment.    Each  bond  carries  an 
investment grade rating by either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s. In addition, we periodically conduct our 
own independent review on each issuer to ensure the financial stability of the municipal entity.  The largest 
geographic concentration was in Pennsylvania and New Jersey where five municipal securities had a market 
value of $3.3 million. As of December 31, 2019, management found no evidence of other than temporary 
impairment (“OTTI”) on any of the municipal securities held in the investment securities portfolio. 

At  December  31,  2019,  the  investment  portfolio  included  seven  corporate  bonds  that  were  in  an 
unrealized loss position. Management believes the unrealized losses on these securities were also driven by 
changes in market interest rates and not a result of credit deterioration. The seven corporate bonds are with 
four of the largest U.S. financial institutions. Each financial institution is well capitalized.       

Proceeds associated with the sale of securities available  for sale in 2019  were $54.7 million. Gross 
gains of $1.2 million and gross losses of $67,000 were realized on these sales. The tax provision applicable 
to the net gains of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $280,000.  

Proceeds associated with the sale of securities available for sale in 2018 were $6.4 million. Gross losses 
of $67,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to the net losses for the  year ended 
December 31, 2018 amounted to $18,000. Included in the 2018 sales activity was the sale of one CDO 
security. Proceeds from the sale of the CDO security totaled $660,000. A gross loss of $66,000 was realized 
on this sale.  The tax benefit applicable to the net losses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 
amounted to $17,000. Management had previously stated that it did not intend to sell CDO securities prior 
to their maturity or the recovery of their cost bases, nor would it be forced to sell these securities prior to 
maturity or recovery of the cost bases.  This statement was made over a period of several years where there 
was  limited  trading  activity  in  the  pooled  trust  preferred  CDO  market  resulting  in  fair  market  value 
estimates well below the book values. During 2018, management received several inquiries regarding the 
availability of the remaining CDO security and noted an increased level of trading in this type of security. 
As a result of the increased activity and the level of bids received, management elected to sell the remaining 
CDO security resulting in a net loss of $66,000 during 2018.  

Proceeds associated with the sale of securities available  for sale in 2017  were $31.2 million. Gross 
gains of $652,000 and gross losses of $798,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to 
the  net  losses  for  the  year ended  December  31,  2017  amounted  to  $52,000.  Included  in  the  2017  sales 
activity  were  the  sales  of  two  CDO  securities.  Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  CDO  securities  totaled 
$1.5 million. Gross losses of $798,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to the net 
losses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $287,000. As a result of the increased 
activity  and  the level of bids received, management elected to sell two CDOs resulting in  a  net  loss of 
$798,000  during  2017  which  was  offset  by  gains  on  sales  of  agency  mortgage-backed  securities, 
collateralized mortgage obligations and corporate bonds.  

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the maturity distribution and weighted average yield by holding type and 
year  of  maturity  of  our  investment  securities  portfolio  at  December  31,  2019.  Collateralized  mortgage 
obligations and agency mortgage-backed securities have expected maturities that differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay and, therefore, these securities are classified 
separately with no specific maturity date.  

Within 
One Year 

One to  
Five Years 

Five to Ten  
Years 

Past Ten  
Years 

No Specific  
Maturity 

December 31, 2019 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Total 
Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
value 

Yield 

$          - 

- 

$ 28,167  2.73% 

$10,138  3.33% 

$         - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

$            - 

- 

$  38,305  $   38,743 

2.89% 

331,438  2.27% 

331,438 

329,492  2.27% 

- 

- 
792  4.13% 
3,003  3.09% 

- 

- 
2,694  2.07% 
8,574  3.21% 

- 
596  3.29% 
51,883  2.42% 

- 
- 

- 
- 
2,820  4.21% 

98,937  2.73% 
- 
- 
- 
- 

98,937 
4,082 
66,280 

98,953 
2.73% 
4,064  2.65% 
69,499  2.62% 

$  3,795  3.31% 

$ 39,435  2.79% 

$62,617  2.58% 

$  2,820  4.21% 

$ 430,375  2.38% 

$539,042  $  540,751  2.45% 

$          - 

- 

$ 20,073  2.46% 

$75,028  2.45% 

$          - 

- 

- 

$          - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

$            - 

- 

$  95,101  $    94,913 

2.45% 

422,987 

2.40% 

422,987 

416,177 

2.40% 

135,021 

2.42% 

135,021 

133,752  2.42% 

 $ 20,073  2.46% 

 $75,028  2.45% 

  $         - 

- 

  $ 558,008  2.40% 

$653,109  $  644,842  2.41% 

(dollars in thousands) 
Available for Sale 
U.S. Government 

Agencies 
Collateralized  
mortgage 
obligations 
Agency mortgage-

backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 
Total AFS 
securities 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Government 

Agencies 
Collateralized  
mortgage 
obligations 
Agency mortgage-

backed securities 
Total HTM 
securities 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments; however, 
there  are  inherent  weaknesses  in  any  estimation  technique.  Therefore,  for  substantially  all  financial 
instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts we could have 
realized in a sale transaction on the dates indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have been measured 
as of their respective year-ends and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial 
statements  subsequent  to  those  respective  dates.  As  such,  the  estimated  fair  values  of  these  financial 
instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each 
year-end. 

We follow the guidance issued under ASC 820,  Fair Value Measurement, which defines fair value, 
establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and identifies required disclosures on fair 
value measurements. 

ASC  820  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  methods  used  to 
measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets 
for identical assets  or  liabilities (Level  1 measurements) and  the  lowest priority  to unobservable  inputs 
(Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are as follows: 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for 

identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or 

indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. 

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value 

measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity). 

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is 

significant to the fair value measurement. 

The  fair value of securities available  for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at 
amortized  cost)  are  determined  by  obtaining  quoted  market  prices  on  nationally  recognized  securities 
exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the 
industry  to  value  debt  securities  without  relying  exclusively  on  quoted  market  prices  for  the  specific 
securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.  For certain 
securities,  which  are  not  traded  in  active  markets  or  are  subject  to  transfer  restrictions,  valuations  are 
adjusted  to  reflect  illiquidity  and/or  non-transferability,  and  such  adjustments,  are  generally  based  on 
available  market  evidence  (Level  3).  In  the  absence  of  such  evidence,  management’s  best  estimate  is 
used.  Management’s  best  estimate  consists  of  both  internal  and  external  support  on  certain  Level  3 
investments.  Internal cash flow models using a present value formula that includes assumptions market 
participants would use along with indicative exit pricing obtained from broker/dealers (where available) 
were used to support fair values of certain Level 3 investments.  

The  types  of  instruments  valued  based  on  matrix  pricing  in  active  markets  include  all  of  our  U.S. 
government  and  agency  securities,  corporate  bonds,  and  municipal  obligations.  Such  instruments  are 
generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. As required by ASC 820-10, we do not adjust 
the matrix pricing for such instruments. 

       Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, and 
may be adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, with such adjustment generally based on 
available  market  evidence.  In  the  absence  of  such  evidence,  management’s  best  estimate  is  used. 
Subsequent to inception, management only changes Level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by 
evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the 
underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and other 
transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial 
ratios or cash flows. There was one Level 3 investment security classified as available-for-sale at December 
31, 2019. This security is a corporate bond.  

The  trust  preferred  securities  held  during  2018  and  2017  were  pools  of  similar  securities  that  are 
grouped into an asset structure commonly referred to as collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) which 
consist of the debt instruments of various banks, diversified by the number of participants in the security as 
well as geographically. The secondary market for these securities had become inactive, and therefore the 
securities were classified as a Level 3 securities. The fair value analysis did not reflect or represent the 
actual terms or prices at which any party could purchase the securities. The last trust preferred security was 
sold in 2018. 

53 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of the securities available for sale measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017: 

Level 3 Investments Only 
(dollars in thousands) 
Balance, January 1, 
Unrealized gains (losses) 
Paydowns 
Proceeds from sales 
Realized losses 
Impairment charges on Level 3  
Balance, December 31, 

$ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2019 
Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
- 
- 
       - 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Corporate 
Bonds 
$  3,069 
(250) 
      - 
- 
- 
- 
$  2,819 

$ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2018 
Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
489 
$ 
237 
       - 
(660) 
(66) 
- 
- 

Corporate 
Bonds 
$  3,086   
(17)   
       -   
-   
-   
- 
$  3,069 

$ 

Corporate 
Bonds 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2017 
Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
1,820 
$ 
1,006 
       - 
(1,539) 
(798) 
- 
489 

2,971 
115 
        - 
- 
- 
- 
3,086 

$ 

$ 

$ 

An independent, third party pricing service was used to estimate the current fair market value of the 
CDO previously held in the investment securities portfolio. The calculations used to determine fair value 
were based on the attributes of the trust preferred security, the financial condition of the issuers of the trust 
preferred security, and market based assumptions. The INTEX CDO Deal Model Library was utilized to 
obtain information regarding the attributes of the security and its specific collateral as of December 31, 
2017. Financial information on the issuers was also obtained from Bloomberg, the FDIC, and S&P Global 
Market Intelligence. Both published and unpublished industry sources were utilized in estimating fair value. 
Such  information  includes  loan  prepayment  speed  assumptions,  discount  rates,  default  rates,  and  loss 
severity percentages. 

The fair market valuation for the CDO was determined based on discounted cash flow analyses. The 
cash  flows  were  primarily  dependent  on  the  estimated  speeds  at  which  the  trust  preferred  security  was 
expected  to  prepay,  the  estimated  rates  at  which  the  trust  preferred  security  were  expected  to  defer 
payments, the estimated rates at which the trust preferred security were expected to default, and the severity 
of the related losses on the security.  

Increases (decreases) in actual or expected issuer defaults tended to decrease (increase) the fair value 
of our senior and mezzanine tranches of CDOs. The values of our mezzanine tranches of CDOs were also 
affected by expected future interest rates.  However, due to the structure of each security, timing of cash 
flows, and secondary effects on the financial performance of the underlying issuers, the effects of changes 
in future interest rates on the fair value of our holdings were not quantifiably estimable. 

The remaining Level 3 investment security classified as available for sale is a corporate bond that is 
not actively traded.  Impairment would depend on the repayment ability of the underlying issuer, which is 
assessed  through  a  detailed  quarterly  review  of  the  issuer’s  financial  statements.    The  issuer  is  a  “well 
capitalized” financial institution as defined by federal banking regulations and has demonstrated the ability 
to  raise  additional  capital,  when  necessary,  through  the  public  capital  markets.  The  fair  value  of  this 
corporate  bond  is  estimated  by  obtaining  a  price  of a  comparable  floating rate debt  instrument  through 
Bloomberg. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Portfolio 

Our loan portfolio consists of secured and unsecured commercial loans including commercial real estate 
loans,  construction  and  land  development  loans,  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  owner  occupied  real 
estate loans, consumer and other loans, and residential mortgages. Commercial loans are primarily secured 
term  loans  made  to  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  and  professionals  for  working  capital,  asset 
acquisition and other purposes. Commercial loans are originated as either fixed or variable rate loans with 
typical  terms  of  1  to  5  years.  Republic’s  commercial  loans  typically  range  between  $250,000  and 
$5.0 million, but customers may borrow significantly larger amounts up to Republic’s legal lending limit 
of approximately $38.2 million at December 31, 2019. Management has established an internal monitoring 
guideline for loan  relationships in the amount of  $25.4 million which approximates  10%  of  capital and 
reserves. Individual customers may have several loans often secured by different collateral. We had one 
loan relationship in excess of $25.4 million at December 31, 2019 that amounted to $28.0 million. There 
were two relationships in excess of $22.9 million at December 31, 2018 that amounted to $52.0 million on 
a combined basis. 

The  majority  of  loans  outstanding  are  with  borrowers  in  our  marketplace,  Philadelphia  and  the 
surrounding suburbs, Southern New Jersey, and New York City. In addition, we have loans to customers 
whose assets and businesses are concentrated in real estate. Repayment of our loans is in part dependent 
upon general economic conditions affecting our market place and specific industries in which our customers 
operate. We evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral 
obtained  is  based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  customer.  Collateral  varies  but  primarily 
includes residential, commercial and income-producing properties.  

At December 31, 2019, we had loan concentrations exceeding 10% of total loans for credits extended 
to lessors of nonresidential real estate in the aggregate amount of $345.2 million, which represented 20% 
of gross loans receivable, private households in the aggregate amount of $451.1 million which represented 
26%  of  gross  loans  receivable,  and  lessors  of  residential  real  estate  in  the  aggregate  amount  of 
$178.9 million, which represented 10% of gross loans receivable.  Loan concentrations are considered to 
exist  when  amounts  are  loaned  to  multiple  numbers  of  borrowers  engaged  in  similar  activities  that 
management  believes  would  cause  them  to  be  similarly  impacted  by  economic  or  other  conditions.  At 
December 31, 2019, we had no foreign loans outstanding. 

55 

 
  
  
 
 
 
The following table sets forth gross loans by major categories for the periods indicated: 

(dollars in thousands) 

2019 

2018 

At December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2015 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land development 
Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 
Total loans 

$  613,631  
  121,395  
  223,906  
  424,400  
  101,320  
  263,444  
$  1,748,096  

$  515,738  
  121,042  
  200,423  
  367,895  
91,152  
  140,364  
$  1,436,614  

$  433,304  
  104,617  
  173,343  
  309,838  
76,183  
64,764  
$  1,162,049  

$  378,519  
  61,453  
  174,744  
  276,986  
  63,660  
9,682  
$  965,044  

$  349,726 
  46,547 
  181,850 
  246,398 
  48,126 
2,380 
$  875,027 

Deferred loan costs (fees) 
Total loans, net of deferred loan 

fees 

99  

(16)  

229  

(72)  

(258) 

$  1,748,195 

$  1,436,598 

$  1,162,278 

$  964,972 

$  874,769 

Total loans, net of deferred loan costs, increased $311.6 million, or 22%, to $1.7 billion at December 
31,  2019,  versus  $1.4  billion  at  December  31,  2018.  This  growth  was  the  result  of  an  increase  in  loan 
demand across all loan categories driven by the successful execution of our relationship banking strategy 
which focuses on customer service.  

Loan Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity 

The amount of loans outstanding by category as of the dates indicated, which are due in: (i) one year 
or less, (ii) more than one year through five years, and (iii) over five years, is shown in the following table.  
Loan balances are also categorized according to their sensitivity to changes in interest rates. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Fixed rate: 
1 year or less 
1-5 years 
After 5 years 
Total fixed rate 

Adjustable rate: 
1 year or less 
1-5 years 
After 5 years 
Total adjustable rate 
Total 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Construction 
and Land 
Development 

Commercial 
and  
Industrial 

Owner 
Occupied 
Real Estate 

Consumer 
and Other 

Residential 
Mortgage 

Total 

$

$

$

  $

53,008 
368,783 
171,530 
593,321 

  $

5,561 
35,021 
24,104 
64,686 

9,377 
10,382 
551 
20,310 
613,631 

  $

  $

34,615 
21,963 
131 
56,709 
121,395 

  $

  $

15,991 
84,497 
53,914 
154,402 

54,159 
10,437 
4,908 
69,504 
223,906 

  $

38,198 
184,678 
120,882 
343,758 

  $ 

952 
1,783 
17,008 
19,743 

  $ 

- 
- 
  261,296 
  261,296 

  $  113,710 
  674,762 
  648,734 
  1,437,206 

  $

4,033 
16,897 
59,712 
80,642 
  $ 424,400 

  $ 

767 
3,550 
77,260 
81,577 
  $  101,320 

  $ 

- 
- 
2,148 
2,148 
  $  263,444 

  $  102,951 
63,229 
  144,710 
    310,890 
  $  1,748,096 

In the ordinary course of business, loans maturing within one year may be renewed, in whole or in part, 
as to principal amount, and at interest rates prevailing at the date of renewal.  At December 31, 2019, 82% 
of total loans were fixed rate compared to 77% at December 31, 2018. 

Credit Quality 

Republic’s  written  lending  policies  require  specific  underwriting,  loan  documentation  and  credit 
analysis standards to be met prior to funding, with independent credit department approval for the majority 
of new loan balances.  A committee consisting of senior management and certain members of the Board of 
Directors  oversees  the  loan  approval  process  to  monitor  that  proper  standards  are  maintained,  while 
approving the majority of commercial loans. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
Loans,  including  impaired  loans,  are  generally  classified  as  non-accrual  if  they  are  past  due  as  to 
maturity or payment of interest or principal for a period of more than 90 days, unless such loans are well-
secured and in the process of collection. Loans that are on a current payment status or past due less than 
90 days may also be classified as non-accrual if repayment of principal and/or interest in full is in doubt. 
Loans  may  be  returned  to  accrual  status  when  all  principal  and  interest  amounts  contractually  due  are 
reasonably assured of repayment within an acceptable period of time, and there is a sustained period of 
repayment performance by the borrower, in accordance with the contractual terms. 

While a loan is classified as non-accrual, any collections of interest and principal are generally applied 
as  a  reduction  to  principal  outstanding.  When  the  future  collectability  of  the  recorded  loan  balance  is 
expected,  interest  income  may  be  recognized  on  a  cash  basis.  For  non-accrual  loans,  which  have  been 
partially  charged  off,  recognition  of  interest  on  a  cash  basis  is  limited  to  that  which  would  have  been 
recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Cash interest receipts in excess of 
that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been 
fully recovered.  

The following summary shows information concerning loan delinquency and non-performing assets at 

the dates indicated: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Loans accruing, but past due 90 days or more 
Non-accrual loans: 

2019 
$ 

At December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

2015 

-  

$

-  

$

-  

$ 

302  

$

- 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land development 
Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total non-accrual loans 
Total non-performing loans(1) 
Other real estate owned 
Total non-performing assets(1) 

Non-performing loans as a percentage of 
total loans, net of unearned income(1) 
Non-performing assets as a percentage of 

total assets 

  4,159  
-  
  3,087  
  3,337  
  1,062  
768  
 12,413  
 12,413  
  1,730 
$ 14,143  

4,631  
-  
3,661  
1,188  
861  
-  
10,341  
10,341  
6,223 
$ 16,564  

8,963  
-  
2,895  
2,136  
851  
-  
14,845  
14,845  
6,966 
$ 21,811  

  13,089  
-  
  3,151  
  1,546  
808  
-  
  18,594  
  18,896  
  10,174 
$  29,070  

5,913 
117 
3,156 
2,894 
542 
- 
12,622 
12,622 
11,313 
$ 23,935 

0.71%

0.72%

1.28%

1.96% 

1.44%

0.42%

0.60%

0.94%

1.51% 

1.66%

(1)  Non-performing loans are comprised of (i) loans that are on non-accrual basis and (ii) accruing loans 
that are 90 days or more past due. Non-performing assets are composed of non-performing loans and 
other real estate owned. 

Problem loans can consist of loans that are performing, but for which potential credit problems of the 
borrowers have caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to continue 
to comply with present repayment terms.  At December 31, 2019, all identified problem loans included in 
the preceding table are internally classified and have been evaluated for a specific reserve allocation in the 
allowance for loan losses (see discussion on “Allowance for Loan Losses”). 

Non-performing assets decreased  by $2.4 million,  or  15%,  to  $14.1  million  at  December 31, 2019, 
compared  to  $16.6  million  at  December  31,  2018.  An  increase  in  non-performing  loans  was  driven  by 
additions to non-performing loans of $6.4 million during 2019, offset by payments of $1.8 million, charge-

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
offs of $1.4 million and transfers to other real estate owned of $1.2 million. The reduction in other real 
estate owned was the result of the disposition of a single OREO property totaling $4.9 million. 

The following summary shows the impact on interest income of non-accrual loans, subsequent to being 

placed on non-accrual for the periods indicated: 

(dollars in thousands) 

    2019 

    2018 

    2017 

    2016 

     2015 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

Interest income that would have been 

recorded had the loans been in 
accordance with their original terms   
Interest income included in net income 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

 $     548  

       $          -
- 

$    498
$         -

$    590 
$         - 

$   1,024 
  $           - 

$   765 
$        - 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. 
We evaluate the need to establish an allowance against loan losses on a quarterly basis. When an increase 
in this allowance is necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings. The allowance for loan 
losses consists of three components. The first component is allocated to individually evaluated loans found 
to  be  impaired  and  is  calculated  in  accordance  with  ASC  310  Receivables.  The  second  component  is 
allocated to all other loans that are not individually identified as impaired pursuant to ASC 310-10 (“non-
impaired  loans”).  This  component  is  calculated  for  all  non-impaired  loans  on  a  collective  basis  in 
accordance with ASC 450 Contingencies. The third component is an unallocated allowance to account for 
a level of imprecision in management’s estimation process. 

We evaluate loans for impairment and potential charge-off on a quarterly basis.  Management regularly 
monitors the condition of borrowers and assesses both internal and external factors in determining whether 
any loan relationships have deteriorated. Any loan rated as substandard or lower will have an individual 
collateral evaluation analysis prepared to determine if a deficiency exists. We first evaluate the primary 
repayment source.  If the primary repayment source is determined to be insufficient and unlikely to repay 
the debt, we then look to the secondary repayment sources. Secondary sources are conservatively reviewed 
for liquidation values. Updated appraisals and financial data are obtained to substantiate current values.  If 
the  reviewed  sources  are  deemed  to  be  inadequate  to  cover  the  outstanding  principal  and  any  costs 
associated with the resolution of a troubled loan, an estimate of the deficient amount will be calculated and 
a specific allocation of loan loss reserve is recorded. 

Factors considered in the calculation of the allowance for non-impaired loans include several qualitative 
and quantitative factors such as historical loss experience, trends in delinquency and nonperforming loan 
balances, changes in risk composition and underwriting standards, experience and ability of management, 
and general economic conditions along with other external factors. Historical loss experience is analyzed 
by reviewing charge-offs over a three year period to determine loss rates consistent with the loan categories 
depicted in the allowance for loan loss table below. 

The factors supporting the allowance for loan losses do not diminish the fact that the entire allowance 
for  loan  losses  is  available  to  absorb  losses  in  the  loan  portfolio  and  related  commitment  portfolio, 
respectively. Our principal focus, therefore, is on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses. The 
allowance for loan losses is subject to review by banking regulators on a regular basis. Our primary bank 
regulators regularly conduct examinations of the allowance for loan losses and make assessments regarding 
the adequacy and the methodology employed in their determination. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A detailed  analysis  of our allowance for  loan losses for the years ended  December 31, 2019, 2018, 

2017, 2016, and 2015 is as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 

2019 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Balance at beginning of period 
Charge-offs: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 
Total charge-offs 

Recoveries: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 
Total recoveries 

Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses 
Balance at end of period 

$ 

8,615  

$ 

8,599  

$ 

9,155  

$ 

8,703  

$ 

11,536 

-  

- 
1,356  
-  
126  
-  
1,482  

-  

- 
217  
2  
9  
-  
228  
1,254  
1,905  
9,266  

$ 

1,603  

- 
151  
465  
219  
-  
2,438  

50  

- 
81  
20  
3  
-  
154  
2,284  
2,300  
8,615  

$ 

-  

- 
1,366  
157  
53  
-  
1,576  

54  

- 
64  
-  
2  
-  
120  
1,456  
900  
8,599  

$ 

-  

60 
143  
1,052  
11  
10  
1,276  

6  

- 
163  
-  
2  
-  
171  
1,105  
1,557  
9,155  

2,624 

260 
408 
133 
- 
- 
3,425 

4 

5 
49 
- 
34 
- 
92 
3,333 
500 
8,703 

$ 

$ 

Average loans outstanding(1) 

$  1,544,904  

$  1,340,117  

$  1,090,851  

$  936,492  

$  820,820 

As a percent of average loans:(1) 

Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses 
Allowance for loan losses 

Allowance for loan losses to: 
Total loans, net of unearned 

income 

Total non-performing loans 

(1) Includes non-accruing loans. 

0.08%  
0.12%  
0.60% 

0.17%  
0.17%  
0.64% 

0.13%  
0.08%  
0.79% 

0.12%  
0.17%  
0.98% 

0.41% 
0.06% 
1.06% 

0.53% 
74.65%  

0.60% 
83.31%  

0.74% 
57.93%  

0.95% 
48.45%  

0.99% 
68.95% 

The  provision  for  loan  losses  is  charged  to  operations  in  an  amount  necessary  to  bring  the  total 
allowance for loan losses to a level that management believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the 
loan  portfolio. We recorded a loan loss provision in the amount of $1.9 million in 2019 compared to a 
$2.3 million provision in 2018. The decrease in the provision during 2019 was driven a decrease in the 
allowance required for loans individually evaluated for impairment. The ratio of non-performing assets to 
total assets declined to 0.42% as of December 31, 2019 compared to 0.60% as of December 31, 2018. Net 
charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding declined to 0.08% for the year ended December 
31, 2019 from 0.17% for the year ended December 31, 2018.   

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans (coverage ratio) was 75% at 
December  31,  2019  as  compared  to  83%  at  December  31,  2018  and  58%  at  December  31,  2017.  The 
decrease in the coverage ratio during 2019 was mainly driven by the decrease in the allowance required for 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
loans individually evaluated for impairment. All loans individually evaluated for impairment are adequately 
secured  with  collateral  and/or specific  reserves.  Coverage is  considered  adequate  by  management  as  of 
December 31, 2019. 

Management makes at least a quarterly determination as to an appropriate provision from earnings to 
maintain an allowance for loan losses that it determines is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the loan 
portfolio. The Board of Directors periodically reviews the status of all non-accrual and impaired loans and 
loans classified by the management team. The Board of Directors also considers specific loans, pools of 
similar loans, historical charge-off activity, economic conditions and other relevant factors in reviewing the 
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Any additions deemed necessary to the allowance for loan losses 
are charged to operating expenses.  

We evaluate loans for impairment and potential charge-offs on a quarterly basis.  Any loan rated as 
substandard or lower will have a collateral evaluation analysis completed in accordance with the guidance 
under  generally accepted  accounting  principles (GAAP)  on  impaired loans  to determine if  a  deficiency 
exists. Our credit monitoring process assesses the ultimate collectability of an outstanding loan balance 
from  all  potential  sources.  When  a  loan  is  determined  to  be  uncollectible  it  is  charged-off  against  the 
allowance for loan losses. Unsecured commercial loans and all consumer loans are charged-off immediately 
upon reaching the 90-day delinquency mark unless they are well secured and in the process of collection.  
The timing on charge-offs of all other loan types is subjective and will be recognized when management 
determines  that  full  repayment,  either  from  the  cash  flow  of  the  borrower,  collateral  sources,  and/or 
guarantors, will not be sufficient and that repayment is unlikely.  A full or partial charge-off is recognized 
equal to the amount of the estimated deficiency calculation. 

Serious  delinquency  is  often  the  first  indicator  of  a  potential  charge-off.    Reductions  in  appraised 
collateral values and deteriorating financial condition of borrowers and guarantors are factors considered 
when  evaluating  potential  charge-offs.    The  likelihood  of  possible  recoveries  or  improvements  in  a 
borrower’s financial condition is also assessed when considering a charge-off.   

Partial charge-offs of non-performing and impaired loans can significantly reduce the coverage ratio 
and other credit loss statistics due to the fact that the balance of the allowance for loan losses will be reduced 
while still carrying the remainder of a non-performing loan balance in the impaired loan category.  The 
amount of non-performing loans for which partial charge-offs have been recorded during the year amounted 
to $3.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $4.4 million at December 31, 2018. This decrease was 
primarily driven by full charge-offs during 2019.    

Our  charge-off  policy  is  reviewed on  an  annual  basis  and  updated  as  necessary.  During  the  twelve 

months ended December 31, 2019, there have been no changes made to this policy. 

We have an existing loan review program, which monitors the loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. A 
loan review officer who reviews both the loan portfolio and overall adequacy of the allowance for loan 
losses conducts this loan review on a quarterly basis and reports directly to the Board of Directors. 

Estimating  the  appropriate  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  any  given  date  is  difficult, 
particularly in a continually changing economy. In management’s opinion, the allowance for loan losses 
was appropriate at December 31, 2019. However, there can be no assurance that, if asset quality deteriorates 
in future periods, additions to the allowance for loan losses will not be required.  

Management  is  unable  to  determine  in  which  loan  category  future  charge-offs  and  recoveries  may 
occur.  The  following  schedule  sets  forth  the  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  among  various 
categories.  The  allocation  is  based on management’s evaluation  of  historical  charge-off  experience  and 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adjusted  for several  qualitative  factors.  The entire  allowance  for  loan  losses  is available  to  absorb loan 
losses in any loan category. 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the past five years is as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 
Unallocated 

Total allowance for loan 

losses 

2019 

2018 

At December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2015 

Amount 
$  3,043 

% of 
Loans 
35.1% 

Amount 
  $  2,462 

% of 
Loans 
35.9% 

Amount 
  $  3,774 

% of 
Loans 
37.3% 

Amount 
$  3,254 

% of 
Loans 

39.2% 

Amount 
$  2,393 

% of 
Loans 
40.0% 

688 
931 
  2,292 
590 
  1,705 
17 

6.9% 
12.8% 
24.3% 
5.8% 
15.1% 
- 

777 
  1,754 
  2,033 
577 
894 
118 

8.4% 
14.0% 
25.6% 
6.3% 
9.8% 
- 

725 
  1,317 
  1,737 
573 
392 
81 

9.0% 
14.9% 
26.7% 
6.5% 
5.6% 
- 

557 
  2,884 
  1,382 
588 
58 
432 

6.4% 
18.1% 
28.7% 
6.6% 
1.0% 
- 

338 
  2,932 
  2,030 
295 
14 
701 

5.3% 
20.8% 
28.1% 
5.5% 
0.3% 
- 

$  9,266 

100% 

$  8,615 

100% 

$  8,599 

100% 

$  9,155 

100% 

$  8,703 

100% 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  an  amount  that  represents  management’s  estimate  of  known  and 
inherent losses related to the loan portfolio and unfunded loan commitments.  Because the allowance for 
loan losses is dependent, to a great extent, on the general economy and other conditions that may be beyond 
our control, the estimate of the allowance for loan losses could differ materially in the near term.   

The  allowance  consists  of  specific,  general  and  unallocated  components.  The  specific  component 
relates  to  impaired  loans.  For  such loans,  an  allowance  is  established  when  the  discounted  cash flows, 
collateral value, or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that 
loan.  The  general  component  covers  the  remainder  of  the  portfolio  and  is  based  on  historical  loss 
experience  adjusted  for  several  qualitative  factors.  An  unallocated  component  is  maintained  to  cover 
uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses.  The unallocated component of 
the  allowance  reflects  the  margin  of  imprecision  inherent  in  the  underlying  assumptions  used  in  the 
methodologies  for  estimating  specific  and  general  losses  in  the  portfolio.  All  identified  losses  are 
immediately  charged  off  and  therefore  no  portion  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  restricted  to  any 
individual loan or group of loans, and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses. 

In estimating the allowance for loan losses, management considers current economic conditions, past 
loss experience, diversification of the loan portfolio, delinquency statistics, results of internal loan reviews 
and  regulatory  examinations,  borrowers’  perceived  financial  and  managerial  strengths,  the  adequacy  of 
underlying collateral, if collateral dependent, or present value of future cash flows, and other relevant and 
qualitative risk factors. These qualitative risk factors include: 

1.  Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and 

recovery practices. 

2.  National, regional and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various  

segments. 

3.  Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans. 
4.  Experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff. 
5.  Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as other loan  

modifications. 

6.  Quality of our loan review system, and the degree of oversight by our   

Board of Directors. 

7.  Existence and effect of any concentration of credit and changes in the level of such  

concentrations. 

8.  Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each  factor  is  assigned  a  value  to  reflect  improving,  stable  or  declining  conditions  based  on 
management’s  best  judgment  using  relevant  information  available  at  the  time  of  the  evaluation.  
Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative 
accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation. 

We also provide specific reserves for impaired loans to the extent the estimated realizable value of the 
underlying collateral is less than the loan balance, when the collateral is the only source of repayment. Also, 
we estimate and recognize reserve allocations on loans identified as “internally classified accruing loans” 
based upon any factor that might impact loss estimates. Those factors include but are not limited to the 
impact of economic conditions on the borrower and management’s potential alternative strategies for loan 
or collateral disposition.  An unallocated allowance is established for losses that have not been identified 
through the formulaic and other specific components of the allowance as described above. Management 
has identified several factors that impact credit losses that are not considered in either the formula or the 
specific allowance segments. These factors consist of macro and micro economic conditions, industry and 
geographic loan concentrations, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, changes in underwriting 
processes and trends in problem loan and loss recovery rates. The impact of the above is considered in light 
of management’s conclusions as to the overall adequacy of underlying collateral and other factors. 

The majority of our loan portfolio represents loans made for commercial purposes, while significant 
amounts of residential property may serve as collateral for such loans. We attempt to evaluate larger loans 
individually, on the basis of our loan review process, which scrutinizes loans on a selective basis and other 
available information. Even if all commercial purpose loans could be reviewed, information on potential 
problems  might  not  be  available.  Our  portfolio  of  loans  made  for  purposes  of  financing  residential 
mortgages and consumer loans are evaluated in groups.  

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with ASC 310, when based on current information and 
events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance 
with  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan.  Impaired  loans  include  nonperforming  loans,  but  also  include 
internally  classified  accruing  loans.   As  of  December  31,  2019,  management  identified  a  total  of  one 
troubled  debt  restructuring  in  the  loan  portfolio  in  the  amount  of  $6.2  million.  Five  troubled  debt 
restructurings in the amount of $7.8 million were identified as of December 31, 2018.   

The following table presents our impaired loans at December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance 
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance 

Total impaired loans 

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans 
Total nonaccrual loans 
Total loans past-due ninety days or more and 
   still accruing 

2019 

  December 31, 
2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,862   
6,020 
18,882   

556   
12,413   

-   

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,602   
7,428 
18,030   

1,473   
10,341   

-   

15,270 
9,446 
24,716 

2,790 
14,845 

- 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the average recorded investment in impaired 
loans was approximately $18.1 million, $22.8 million, and $25.4 million, respectively.  Republic earned 
$386,000,  $451,000,  and  $607,000  of  interest  income  on  impaired  loans  (internally  classified  accruing 
loans) in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  There were no commitments to extend credit to any borrowers 
with impaired loans as of the end of the periods presented herein. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans increased by $852,000, or 5%, during the year ended December 31, 2019. This 
increase was primarily loans determined to be impaired during 2019. The valuation allowance related to 
impaired loans decreased to $556,000 at December 31, 2019 compared to $1.5 million at December 31, 
2018. At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  internally  classified  accruing  loans  totaled  approximately 
$2.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively. 

The following table presents our 30 to 89 days past due loans at December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017:   

(dollars in thousands) 

30 to 59 days past due 
60 to 89 days past due 

Total loans 30 to 89 days past due 

2019 

  December 31,   
2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

112  
1,823   
1,935  

$ 

$ 

1,135  
1,574   
2,709  

$ 

$ 

1,113 
- 
1,113 

Management  has  engaged  in  active  discussions  with  all  delinquent  relationships  to  address 

delinquencies and is confident that acceptable resolutions will be achieved in the near term. 

Deposits 

Total deposits at December 31, 2019 were $3.0 billion, an increase of $606.3 million or 25% from total 
deposits of $2.4 billion at December 31, 2018.  Total deposits by account type at December 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017 are as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Demand deposits, non-interest bearing 
Demand deposits, interest bearing 
Money market & savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

2019 

$ 

661,431 
  1,352,360 
761,793 
223,579 
$  2,999,163 

At December 31, 
2018 

$

519,056  
1,042,561  
676,993  
154,257  
$ 2,392,867  

2017 

$ 

438,500
807,736
700,322
116,737
$  2,063,295

In general, Republic pays higher interest rates on time deposits compared to other deposit categories.  
Republic’s various deposit liabilities may fluctuate from period-to-period, reflecting customer behavior and 
strategies to optimize net interest income. The increase in total deposits to $3.0 billion at December 31, 
2019  from  $2.4  billion  at  December  31,  2018  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  $452.2  million  increase  in 
demand deposits, which reflects the success of our strategy based on a high level of customer service and 
satisfaction,  which  drives  the  gathering  of  low-cost  core  deposits.  This  strategy  has  also  allowed  us  to 
eliminate our dependence on the more volatile source of funding in brokered and internet based certificates 
of deposit.   

The average balances and weighted average rates of Republic’s deposits for the last three years are as 

follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Demand deposits: 

Non-interest bearing 
Interest bearing 

Money market & savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

2019 

Average 
Balance 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Rate 

  Average 
Balance 

Rate 

$         555,385   
       1,184,530  1.32%  
       705,445  0.98%  
          190,567  2.02%  
$     2,635,927  1.00%  

$       488,995   
       918,508  0.87%  
       697,135  0.70%  
       128,892  1.23%  
$  2,233,530  0.65%  

$     372,171   
       687,586  0.44% 
       629,464  0.50% 
       110,952  1.12% 
$  1,800,173  0.41% 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
The remaining maturity of certificates of deposit for $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2019 is as 

follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Maturity: 
3 months or less 
3 to 6 months 
6 to 12 months 
Over 12 months 

Total 

$    24,262 
      68,026 
      51,984 
      41,623 
$  185,895 

The following is a summary of the remaining maturity of time deposits, which includes certificates of 

deposits of $100,000 or more, as of December 31, 2019: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Maturity: 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 
Total 

$  170,562 
      50,079 
        1,130 
        1,071 
          737 
               - 
$   223,579 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial  instruments include commitments to  extend 
credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve to varying degrees, elements of credit and 
interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. 

Credit risk is defined as the possibility of sustaining a loss due to the failure of the other parties to a 
financial instrument to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The maximum exposure to 
credit loss under commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual 
amount  of  these  instruments.  We  use  the  same  underwriting  standards  and  policies  in  making  credit 
commitments as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk are commitments to extend 
credit of approximately $329.9 million and $286.4 million and standby letters of credit of approximately 
$17.2 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Commitments often expire 
without being drawn upon. The $329.9 million of commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2019, 
substantially all were variable rate commitments. 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of 
any  condition  established  in  the  contract.  Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other 
termination clauses and many require the payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected 
to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash 
requirements.  We  evaluate  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of 
collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. 
Collateral held varies but may include real estate, marketable securities, pledged deposits, equipment and 
accounts receivable. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
Standby  letters  of  credit  are  conditional  commitments  issued  that  guarantee  the  performance  of  a 
customer  to  a  third  party.  The  credit  risk  and  collateral  policy  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is 
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments. The amount of collateral obtained is 
based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, 
marketable securities, pledged deposits, equipment and accounts receivable. 

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments 

The following table sets forth contractual obligations and other commitments representing required and 

potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2019: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Minimum annual rentals or 
non-cancellable operating 
leases 

Branch construction 

commitments 

Remaining contractual 

maturities of time deposits 

Subordinated debt 
Director and Officer 

retirement plan obligations 

Loan commitments 
Standby letters of credit 
Total 

Less than  
One Year 

  One to  
Three 
Years 

Total 

Three to  
Five Years 

After Five  
Years 

$  99,355 

$ 

7,221 

$ 

11,385 

$  10,028 

$  70,721 

5,300 

5,300 

- 

- 

- 

  225,175 
  11,375 

  172,158 
34 

51,209 
- 

1,808 
- 

- 
  11,341 

1,111 
  329,874 
  17,211 
$  689,401 

672 
  144,236 
  16,279 
  $  345,900 

  103 
48,068 
932 
  $  111,697 

104 
  34,690 
- 
  $  46,630 

232 
  102,880 
- 
  $  185,174 

As of December 31, 2019, we had entered into non-cancelable lease agreements for our main office 
and operations center, seventeen current and pending retail branch facilities, five loan offices, one storage 
facility, and thirteen equipment leases expiring on various dates through December 31, 2058. The leases 
are  accounted  for  as  operating  leases.  The  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  these  leases  are 
$99.4 million through the year 2058. 

We have retirement plan agreements with certain directors and officers. At December 31, 2019, the 
accrued benefits under the plan were approximately $1.1 million, with a minimum age of 65 established to 
qualify for the payments.  

Interest Rate Risk Management 

We attempt to manage our assets and liabilities in a manner that optimizes net interest income in a range 
of  interest  rate  environments.  Management  uses  an  “interest  sensitivity  gap”  (“GAP”)  analysis  and 
simulation models to monitor behavior of its interest sensitive assets and liabilities. A GAP analysis is the 
difference  between  interest-sensitive  assets  and  interest-sensitive  liabilities.    Adjustments  to  the  mix  of 
assets and liabilities are made periodically in an effort to provide steady growth in net interest income. 

65 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Management presently believes that the effect of any future reduction in interest rates, reflected in lower 
yielding  assets,  could  be  detrimental  since  we  may  not  have  the  immediate  ability  to  commensurately 
decrease  rates  on  interest  bearing  liabilities,  primarily  time  deposits,  other  borrowings  and  certain 
transaction accounts. An increase in interest rates could have a negative effect due to a possible lag in the 
re-pricing of core deposits not taken into account in the static GAP analysis. Interest rate risk management 
involves managing the extent to which interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities are matched. 
We  attempt  to  optimize  net  interest  income  while  managing  period-to-period  fluctuations  therein.  We 
typically define interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities as those that re-price within one 
year or less. Generally, we limit long-term fixed rate assets and liabilities in our efforts to manage interest 
rate risk. 

A positive GAP occurs when interest-sensitive assets exceed interest-sensitive liabilities re-pricing in 
the  same  time  periods,  and  a  negative  GAP  occurs  when  interest-sensitive  liabilities  exceed  interest-
sensitive  assets  re-pricing  in  the  same  time  periods.  A negative  GAP  ratio  suggests  that  a  financial 
institution  may  be  better  positioned  to  take  advantage  of  declining  interest  rates  rather  than  increasing 
interest rates, and a positive GAP ratio suggests the converse. Static GAP analysis describes interest rate 
sensitivity at a point in time. However, it alone does not accurately measure the magnitude of changes in 
net interest income as changes in interest rates do not impact all categories of assets and liabilities equally 
or  simultaneously.  Interest  rate  sensitivity  analysis  also  requires  assumptions  about  re-pricing  certain 
categories of assets and liabilities. For purposes of interest rate sensitivity analysis, assets and liabilities are 
stated at their contractual maturity, estimated likely call date, or earliest re-pricing opportunity.  Mortgage-
backed  securities  and  amortizing  loans  are  scheduled  based  on  their  anticipated  cash  flow,  including 
prepayments  based  on  historical  data  and  current  market  trends.  Savings,  money  market  and  interest-
bearing demand accounts do not have a stated maturity or re-pricing term and can be withdrawn or re-priced 
at any time. Management estimates the re-pricing characteristics of these accounts based upon decay rates 
and run off projections obtained in a deposit study performed by an independent third party, along with 
management’s  estimates  of  when  rates  would  have  to  be  increased  to  retain  balances  in  response  to 
competition.  Such estimates are necessarily arbitrary and wholly judgmental. As a result of the run off 
projections, these deposits are not considered to re-price simultaneously and, accordingly, a portion of the 
deposits  are  moved  into  time  brackets  exceeding  one  year.  However,  management  may  choose  not  to  
re-price liabilities proportionally to changes in market interest rates, for competitive or other reasons. 

Shortcomings,  inherent  in  a  simplified  and  static  GAP  analysis,  may  result  in  an  institution  with  a 
negative GAP having interest rate behavior associated with an asset-sensitive balance sheet. For example, 
although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to re-pricing, they may react 
in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Furthermore, re-pricing characteristics of certain 
assets and liabilities may vary substantially within a given time period. In the event of a change in interest 
rates, prepayments and other cash flows could also deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating 
GAP in the manner presented in the table below. 

66 

 
  
 
 
 
 
The following tables present a summary of our GAP analysis at December 31, 2019.  Amounts shown 
in the table include both estimated maturities and instruments scheduled to re-price, including prime based 
loans.  For  purposes  of  these  tables,  we  have  used  assumptions  based  on  industry  data  and  historical 
experience to calculate the expected maturity of loans because, statistically, certain categories of loans are 
prepaid before their maturity date, even without regard to interest rate fluctuations. Additionally, certain 
prepayment  assumptions  were  made  with  regard  to  investment  securities  based  upon  the  expected 
prepayment of the underlying collateral of the mortgage-backed securities.  

Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap 
As of December 31, 2019 

(dollars in thousands) 

0 – 90 Days 

91-180 Days   

181-365 Days   

1-2 
Years 

2-3 
Years 

3-5 
Years 

More than 5 
Years 

Financial 
Statement 
Total 

Fair Value 

Interest sensitive 

assets: 

Investment securities 
and other interest-
bearing balances 

Loans receivable 

Total 

Cumulative totals 

Interest sensitive 
liabilities: 
Demand interest 
bearing(1) 

Savings accounts(1) 
Money market 
accounts(1) 
Time deposits 
Subordinated debt 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

301,719  
401,153  
702,872  

$ 

96,337  
73,232  
$  169,569  

$ 

$ 

121,419  
148,363  
269,782  

$  163,180  
  248,266  
$  411,446  

$  116,077  
  208,621  
$  324,698  

$  167,639  
  358,606  
$  526,245  

$  357,490 
  300,688 
$  658,178 

$  1,323,861  $  1,322,292
1,731,876
$  3,062,790  $  3,054,168

1,738,929  

702,872  

$  872,441  

$  1,142,223  

$ 1,553,669  

$  1,878,367  

$  2,404,612  

$  3,062,790 

$  1,352,360  
216,793  

545,000  
32,414  
11,265  
$  2,157,832  

$ 

$ 

-  
-  

-  
72,487  
-  
72,487  

$ 

$ 

-  
-  

-  
65,661  
-  
65,661  

$ 

$ 

-  
-  

-  
50,079  
-  
50,079  

$ 

$ 

-  
-  

-  
1,130  
-  
1,130  

$ 

$ 

-  
-  

-  
1,808  
-  
1,808  

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

$  1,352,360  $  1,352,360
216,793

216,793  

545,000  
223,579  
11,265  

545,000
224,095
8,540
$  2,348,997  $  2,346,788

Cumulative totals 

$  2,157,832  

$  2,230,319  

$  2,295,980  

$ 2,346,059  

$  2,347,189  

$  2,348,997  

  2,348,997 

Interest rate sensitivity 

GAP 

Cumulative GAP 
Interest sensitive 
assets/Interest 
sensitive liabilities 

Cumulative GAP/ 

$ (1,454,960 ) 
$ (1,454,960 ) 

$ 
97,082  
$ (1,357,878 ) 

$ 
204,121  
$ (1,153,757 ) 

$  361,367  
$  (792,390 ) 

$  323,568  
$  (468,822 ) 

$  524,437  
55,615  
$ 

  658,178 
  713,793 

32.57 % 

39.12 % 

49.75 % 

66.22 % 

80.03 % 

102.37 % 

130.39 

% 

Total earning assets 

(47.50 )% 

(44.33 )% 

(37.67 )% 

(25.87 )% 

(15.31 )% 

1.82 % 

23.31 % 

(1)  Demand, savings and money market accounts are scheduled to reprice based upon decay rate and run 
off percentage estimates obtained through a deposit study performed by an independent third party, 
along  with management’s estimates of  when  rates  would  have  to  be increased to retain  balances in 
response to competition.  Such estimates are necessarily arbitrary and wholly judgmental. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to the GAP analysis, we utilize income simulation modeling in measuring our interest rate 
risk and managing our interest rate sensitivity.  Income simulation considers not only the impact of changing 
market  interest  rates  on  forecasted  net  interest  income,  but  also  other  factors  such  as  yield  curve 
relationships, the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and general market conditions. 

Net Portfolio Value and Net Interest Income Analysis 

The income simulation models management used to measure interest rate risk and manage interest rate 
sensitivity generates estimates of the change in net portfolio value (NPV) and net interest income (NII) over 
a range of interest rate scenarios.  NPV is the present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, 
and off-balance sheet contracts.  The NPV ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPV in 
that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario.  The following table sets forth our 
NPV as of  December 31, 2019 and reflects the changes to NPV as a result  of immediate  and  sustained 
changes in interest rates as indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Change in 
Interest Rates 
in Basis Points 
(Rate Shock) 

Net Portfolio Value 

Amount 

$ 
Change 

% 
Change 

+400 
+300 
+200 
+100 
Static 
-100 

$  498,587   
533,717 
555,758 
560,188 
527,268   
464,134 

$ (28,681) 
6,449 
28,490 
32,920 
- 
(63,134) 

(5.44)% 
1.22% 
5.40% 
6.24% 
0.00% 
(11.97)% 

NPV as a % of Portfolio 
Value of Assets 

NPV 
Ratio 

Change  
(in Basis Points) 

17.04% 
17.60% 
17.72% 
17.29% 
15.84% 
13.65% 

120 
176 
188 
145 
- 
(219) 

In addition to modeling changes in NPV,  we also analyze potential changes to NII for  a forecasted 
twelve-month period under rising and falling interest rate  scenarios. The following table shows  the NII 
model as of December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands): 

Change in Interest Rates in 
Basis Points(1) 

Net Interest  
Income 

$ 
Change 

% 
Change 

+400 
+300 
+200 
+100 
Static 
-100 

$ 

81,477 
83,011 
84,132 
84,782 
83,602 
80,201 

(2,125)
(591)
530
1,180
-
(3,401)

(2.54)% 
(0.71)% 
0.63% 
1.41% 
0.00% 
(4.06)% 

(1)  The net interest income results were calculated assuming a rate ramp, achieving the rate change 

over a 12-month period, not an immediate and sustained rate shock. 

As is the case with the GAP table, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the 
above interest rate risk measurements.  Modeling changes in NPV and NII require the making of certain 
assumptions, which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes 
in market interest rates.  In this regard, the models presented assume that the composition of our interest 
sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being 
measured and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield 
curve regardless of the duration to maturity or re-pricing of specific  assets and liabilities.  Accordingly,  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
although the NPV measurements and net interest income models provide an indication of interest rate risk 
exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise 
forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and will differ from actual 
results. 

Management believes that the assumptions utilized in evaluating our estimated net interest income are 
reasonable. However, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial 
instruments as well as the estimated effect of  changes in interest rates on estimated net interest  income 
could vary substantially if different assumptions are used or actual experience differs from the experience 
on which the assumptions were based. Periodically, we may and do make significant changes to underlying 
assumptions,  which  are  wholly  judgmental.  Prepayments  on  residential  mortgage  loans  and  mortgage-
backed  securities  have  increased  over  historical  levels  in  recent  years  due  to  the  lower  interest  rate 
environment, and may result in reductions in margins. 

Capital Resources 

We have sponsored two outstanding issues of corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital 
securities  of  a  subsidiary  trust  holding  solely  junior  subordinated  debentures  of  the  Corporation  more 
commonly  known  as  trust  preferred  securities.  The  subsidiary  trusts  are  not  consolidated  for  financial 
reporting  purposes.  The  purpose  of  the  issuances  of  these  securities  was  to  increase  capital.  The  trust 
preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in amounts up to 25% of total Tier 1 
capital. 

On  December  27,  2006,  Republic  Capital  Trust  II  (Trust  II)  issued  $6.0  million  of  trust  preferred 
securities to investors and $0.2 million of common securities to us.  Trust II purchased $6.2 million of our 
floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2037, and we used the proceeds to call the securities of 
Republic  Capital  Trust  I  (Trust  I).  The  debentures  purchased  by  Trust  II  have  a  variable  interest  rate, 
adjustable quarterly, at 1.73% over the 3-month LIBOR.  We may redeem the debentures on any interest 
payment date without a prepayment penalty. 

On June 28, 2007, Republic Capital Trust III (Trust III), issued $5.0 million of trust preferred securities 
to one investor and $0.2 million common securities to us.  Trust III purchased $5.2 million of our floating 
rate junior subordinated debentures due 2037, which have a variable interest rate, adjustable quarterly, at 
1.55% over the 3 month LIBOR.  We have the ability to redeem the debentures on any interest payment 
date without a prepayment penalty.  

On  June  10,  2008,  Republic  First  Bancorp  Capital  Trust  IV  (Trust  IV)  issued  $10.8  million  of 
convertible trust preferred securities as part of our strategic capital plan.  The securities were purchased by 
investors, including Vernon W. Hill, II, founder and chairman (retired) of Commerce Bancorp, and as of 
December 5, 2016, our chairman.  The investor group also included a family trust of Harry D. Madonna, 
chairman, president and chief executive officer of Republic Bank, and Theodore J. Flocco, Jr., who has 
been  elected  by  the  shareholders  to  our  Board  of  Directors  and  serves  as  the  Chairman  of  our  Audit 
Committee.  Trust  IV  also  issued  $0.3  million  of  common  securities  to  us.  Trust  IV  purchased  $11.1 
million of our fixed rate junior subordinated convertible debentures due 2038, which paid interest at an 
annual rate of 8.0% and were considered redeemable on any interest payment date (a) at any time on or 
after  June  13,  2013  if  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  for  20  trading  days  in  the  period  of  30 
consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the mailing of the notice of redemption exceeds 
120%  of  the  then-applicable  conversion  price,  or  (b)  on  or  after  June  30,  2018,  without  a  prepayment 
penalty.  The trust preferred securities of Trust IV were convertible into approximately 1.7 million shares 
of  our  common  stock,  which  is  subject  to  customary  adjustments.  One  independent  director  converted 
$240,000 of trust preferred securities into 37,000 shares of common stock in 2017. On January 31, 2018, 

69 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
we notified the existing holders of its intent to fully redeem these securities in accordance with the Optional 
Redemption terms included in the Indenture Agreement. The remaining securities were redeemed on March 
31, 2018 at a price equal to the outstanding principal amount. After redemption of the remaining securities, 
Trust IV was dissolved. 

Deferred issuance costs included in subordinated debt were $76,000 and $82,000 at December 31, 2019 
and December 31, 2018, respectively. Amortization of deferred issuance costs were $6,000, $6,000, and 
$29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Deferred issuance costs in 
the amount of $467,000 were recorded against additional paid in capital during the first quarter of 2018 as 
a result of the conversion of trust preferred securities into common stock in accordance with ASC 470-20. 

Shareholders’  equity  as  of  December  31,  2019  totaled  approximately  $249.2  million  compared  to 
approximately $245.2 million as of December 31, 2018. The book value per share of our common stock 
increased to $4.23 as of December 31, 2019, based upon 58,842,778 shares outstanding, from $4.17 as of 
December 31, 2018, based upon 58,789,228 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018. Outstanding shares 
are adjusted for treasury stock and deferred compensation plan shares. 

Regulatory Capital Requirements 

We are required to comply with certain “risk-based” capital adequacy guidelines issued by the FRB 
and the FDIC. The risk-based capital guidelines assign varying risk weights to the individual assets held by 
a bank. The guidelines also assign weights to the “credit-equivalent” amounts of certain off-balance sheet 
items, such as letters of credit and interest rate and currency swap contracts. 

Under  the  capital  rules,  risk-based  capital  ratios  are  calculated  by  dividing  common  equity  Tier  1, 
Tier 1,  and  total  risk-based  capital,  respectively,  by  risk-weighted  assets.    Assets  and  off-balance  sheet 
credit equivalents are assigned to one of several categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative risk. 
Under applicable capital rules, Republic is required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio requirement  of  4.5%,  a minimum  Tier  1  capital  ratio  requirement  of  6%,  a  minimum  total  capital 
requirement of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4%. Under the rules, in order to avoid 
limitations on capital distributions (including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments 
to executive officers), a banking organization must hold a capital conservation buffer comprised of common 
equity Tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of 
total risk-weighted assets.  The capital conservation buffer, which is composed of common equity Tier 1 
capital, began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and was phased in over a three year period (increasing 
by  that  amount  on  each  January  1,  until  it  reached  2.5%  on  January  1,  2019).    Implementation  of  the 
deductions  and  other adjustments to  common  equity Tier  1 capital  began  on January  1,  2015 and  were 
phased-in over a three-year period.  

The following table shows the required capital ratios with the conservation buffer over the phase-in 

period. 

Basel III Community Banks 
Minimum Capital Ratio Requirements 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

5.125%   
6.625%   
8.625%   

5.750%   
7.250%   
9.250%   

6.375%   
7.875%   
9.875%   

7.000% 
8.500% 
10.500% 

70 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
The risk-based capital ratios measure the adequacy of a bank’s capital against the riskiness of its assets 
and off-balance sheet activities. Failure to maintain adequate capital is a basis for “prompt corrective action” 
or  other regulatory enforcement action. In  assessing a bank’s  capital adequacy, regulators also consider 
other factors such as interest rate risk exposure; liquidity, funding and market risks; quality and level or 
earnings; concentrations of credit, quality of loans and investments; risks of any nontraditional activities; 
effectiveness of bank policies; and management’s overall ability to monitor and control risks. 

Management believes that the Company  and Republic met, as  of December 31, 2019  and  2018, all 
capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis as if all such 
requirements were currently in effect. In the current year, the FDIC categorized Republic as well capitalized 
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act. There are no calculations or events since that notification which management believes would have 
changed Republic’s category. 

The Company and Republic’s ability to maintain the required levels of capital is substantially dependent 
upon the success of their capital and business plans, the impact of future economic events on Republic’s 
loan customers and Republic’s ability to manage its interest rate risk, growth and other operating expenses. 

71 

 
  
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the Company’s and Republic’s capital regulatory ratios calculated based 

on Basel III guidelines at December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Actual 

Minimum Capital 
Adequacy 

Minimum Capital 
Adequacy with 
Capital Buffer  

Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
Ratio 

  Amount 

At December 31, 2019: 

Total risk based capital 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one risk based 
capital 

Republic 
Company 

    CET 1 risk based capital 

$  252,307  11.94  %   
  261,759  12.37  %   

$  169,016 
169,251 

8.00  %   
8.00  %   

$  221,833  10.50  %   
  222,141  10.50  %   

$  211,270  10.00  % 
-  % 
- 

  243,041  11.50  %   
  252,493  11.93  %   

  126,762 
  126,938 

6.00  %   
6.00  %   

  179,579 
  179,829 

8.50  %   
8.50  %   

  169,016 
- 

8.00  % 
-  % 

Republic 
Company 

  243,041  11.50  %   
  241,493  11.41  %   

  95,071 
  95,203 

4.50  %   
4.50  %   

  147,889 
  148,094 

7.00  %   
7.00  %   

  137,325 
- 

6.50  % 
-  % 

Tier one leveraged capital 

Republic 
Company 

  245,158 
  249,168 

7.54  %   
7.83  %   

  128,935 
  129,058 

4.00  %   
4.00  %   

  128,935 
  129,058 

4.00  %   
4.00  %   

  161,169 
- 

5.00  % 
-  % 

At December 31, 2018: 

Total risk based capital 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one risk based 
capital 

Republic 
Company 

CET 1 risk based capital 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one leveraged capital 

Republic 
Company 

Liquidity 

$  231,610  13.26  %   
  262,964  15.03  % 

$  139,722 
  140,009 

8.00  %   
8.00  % 

$  172,489  9.875  %   
  172,824  9.875  % 

$  174,652  10.00  % 
-  % 
- 

  222,995  12.77  %   
  254,349  14.53  %   

  104,791 
  105,007 

6.00  %   
6.00  %   

  137,539  7.875  %   
  137,821  7.875  %   

  139,722 
- 

8.00  % 
-  % 

  222,995  12.77  %   
  243,349  13.90  %   

  78,594 
  78,755 

4.50  %   
4.50  %   

  111,341  6.375  %   
  111,570  6.375  %   

  113,524 
- 

6.50  % 
-  % 

  222,995 
  254,349 

8.21  %   
9.35  %   

  108,685 
  108,800 

4.00  %   
4.00  %   

  108,685 
  108,800 

4.00  %   
4.00  %   

  135,857 
- 

5.00  % 
-  % 

A  financial  institution  must  maintain  and  manage  liquidity  to  ensure  it  has  the  ability  to  meet  its 
financial obligations. These obligations include the payment of deposits on demand or at their contractual 
maturity; the repayment of borrowings as they mature; the payment of lease obligations as they become 
due;  the  ability to fund new  and  existing  loans  and other funding  commitments; and the  ability  to  take 
advantage of new business opportunities. Liquidity needs can be met by either reducing assets or increasing 
liabilities. Our most liquid assets consist of cash, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. 

Regulatory authorities require us to maintain certain liquidity ratios in order for funds to be available 
to satisfy commitments to borrowers and the demands of depositors. In response to these requirements, we 
have formed an asset/liability committee (ALCO), comprised of certain members of Republic’s Board of 
Directors and senior management to monitor such ratios. The ALCO committee is responsible for managing 
the liquidity position and interest sensitivity. That committee’s primary objective is to maximize net interest 
income while configuring Republic’s interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to manage interest rate risk and 
provide adequate liquidity for projected needs. The ALCO committee meets on a quarterly basis or more 
frequently if deemed necessary. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Our target and actual liquidity levels are determined by comparisons of the estimated repayment and 
marketability of interest-earning assets with projected future outflows of deposits and other liabilities. Our 
most liquid assets, comprised of cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, totaled $168.3 million at 
December 31, 2019, compared to $72.5 million at December 31, 2018. Loan maturities and repayments are 
another source of asset liquidity. At December 31, 2019, Republic estimated that more than $100 million 
of loans would mature or repay in the six-month period ending June 30, 2020. Additionally, a significant 
portion of our investment securities are available to satisfy liquidity requirements through sales on the open 
market or by pledging as collateral to access credit facilities. At December 31, 2019, we had outstanding 
commitments  (including  unused  lines  of  credit  and  letters  of  credit)  of  $347.1  million.  Certificates  of 
deposit scheduled to mature in one year totaled $170.6 million at December 31, 2019. We anticipate that 
we will have sufficient funds available to meet all current commitments. 

Daily funding requirements have historically been satisfied by generating core deposits and certificates 
of deposit with competitive rates, buying federal funds or utilizing the credit facilities of the FHLB. We 
have established a line of credit with the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  Our maximum borrowing capacity with the 
FHLB  was  $860.5  million  at  December  31,  2019.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  no  outstanding 
overnight  borrowings.  At  December  31,  2019,  FHLB  had  issued  a  letter  on  Republic’s  behalf,  totaling 
$150.0  million  against  our  available  credit.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  had  outstanding  overnight 
borrowings of $91.4 million at an interest rate of 2.65%. At December 31, 2018, FHLB had issued a letter 
on Republic’s behalf, totaling $100.0 million against our available credit. We also established a contingency 
line of credit of $10.0 million with ACBB and a Fed Funds line of credit with Zions Bank in the amount of 
$15.0  million  to  assist  in  managing  our  liquidity  position. We  had  no  amounts  outstanding  against  the 
ACBB line of credit or the Zions Fed Funds line at both December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.  

Variable Interest Entities 

We follow the guidance under ASC 810, Consolidation, with regard to variable interest entities.  ASC 
810 clarifies the application of consolidation principles for certain legal entities in which voting rights are 
not  effective  in  identifying  the  investor  with  the  controlling  financial  interest.  An  entity  is  subject  to 
consolidation under ASC 810 if the investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance 
its activities without additional subordinated financial support, are unable to direct the entity’s activities, or 
are not exposed to the entity’s losses or entitled to its residual returns ("variable interest entities"). Variable 
interest  entities  within  the  scope  of  ASC  810  will  be  required  to  be  consolidated  by  their  primary 
beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is determined to be the party that absorbs 
a majority of the entity's expected losses, receives a majority of its expected returns, or both. 

We  do  not  consolidate  our  subsidiary  trusts.  ASC  810  precludes  consideration  of  the  call  option 
embedded  in  the  preferred  securities  when  determining  if  we have  the  right  to a  majority  of  the  trusts’ 
expected residual returns. The non-consolidation results in the investment in the common securities of the 
trusts  to  be  included  in  other  assets  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  outstanding  debt  of  $341,000.  In 
addition, the income received on our investment in the common securities of the trusts is included in other 
income.  

73 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effects of Inflation 

The  majority  of  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  financial  institution  are  monetary  in  nature.  Therefore,  a 
financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant 
investments in fixed assets or inventories. Management believes that the most significant impact of inflation 
on financial results is our need and ability to react to changes in interest rates. As discussed previously, 
management  attempts  to  maintain  an  essentially  balanced  position  between  rate  sensitive  assets  and 
liabilities over a one-year time horizon in order to protect net interest income from being affected by wide 
interest rate fluctuations. 

Item 7A:  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk 

See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition – Interest 

Rate Risk Management”. 

Item 8:  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company begin on page 77. 

74 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Tel:   215-564-1900 
Fax:  215-564-3940 
www.bdo.com 

Ten Penn Center 
1801 Market Street, Suite 1700 
Philadelphia, PA 19103 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 
(the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes 
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the 
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of their operations 
and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019,  in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (“COSO”)  and  our  report  dated  March  16,  2020  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion 
thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial statements  are  the responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require 
that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or 
fraud. 

Our audits included performing procedures to  assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding 
the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. 

BDO  USA,  LLP,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  partnership,  is  the  U.S.  member  of  BDO  International  Limited,  a  UK  company  limited  by  guarantee,  and  forms  part  of  the 
international BDO network of independent member firms. 

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms. 

75

Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2020 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013. 

76

Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

December 31,  
2019 

December 31,  
2018 

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits with banks 
    Cash and cash equivalents  

$ 

$ 

41,928   
126,391 
168,319 

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value 
Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $653,109 and                                                                        

539,042 

$747,323, respectively) 

Restricted stock, at cost 
Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value  
Other loans held for sale 
Loans receivable (net of allowance for credit losses of $9,266 and $8,615, respectively) 
Premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Operating lease right-of-use asset 
Goodwill 
Other assets 
    Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Liabilities 
Deposits 
   Demand – non-interest bearing  
   Demand – interest bearing 
   Money market and savings 
   Time deposits 
       Total Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 
Operating lease liability 
Subordinated debt 
    Total Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

644,842 
2,746 
10,345 
3,004 
1,738,929 
116,956 
1,730 
9,934 
64,805 
5,011 
35,627 
3,341,290 

661,431   
1,352,360 
761,793 
223,579 
2,999,163 
- 
1,630 
11,208 
68,856 
11,265 
3,092,122 

$ 

$ 

35,685   
36,788   
72,473   

321,014   

761,563 

5,754   
20,887   
5,404   
1,427,983   
87,661   
6,223   
9,025   
-   
5,011   
30,299   
2,753,297   

519,056   
1,042,561   
676,993   
154,257   
2,392,867   
91,422   
558   
12,002   
-   
11,259   
2,508,108   

Shareholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares 

issued and outstanding 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share: 100,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued 
    59,371,623 as of December 31, 2019 and 59,318,073 as of December 31, 2018; shares  
    outstanding 58,842,778 as of December 31, 2019 and 58,789,228 as of December 31,        
    2018 
Additional paid in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Treasury stock at cost (503,408 shares as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018) 
Stock held by deferred compensation plan (25,437 shares as of December 31, 2019 and 
    December 31, 2018) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
    Total Shareholders’ Equity 
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

 $ 

(See notes to consolidated financial statements) 

- 

- 

594 
272,039 
(12,216)  
(3,725)  

(183) 
(7,341)  
249,168 
3,341,290 

$ 

593 

269,147   
(8,716)  
(3,725)  

(183) 
(11,927)  
245,189   
2,753,297   

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Interest income 

Interest and fees on taxable loans  
Interest and fees on tax-exempt loans 
Interest and dividends on taxable investment securities 
Interest and dividends on tax-exempt investment securities 
Interest on federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets 

Total interest income 

Interest expense 
   Demand- interest bearing 
   Money market and savings  
   Time deposits 
   Other borrowings 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Non-interest income 

Loan and servicing fees 
Mortgage banking income 
Gain on sales of SBA loans 
Service fees on deposit accounts 
Gain (loss) on sale of investment securities 
Other non-interest income 

Total non-interest income 

Non-interest expenses 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy 
Depreciation and amortization 
Legal 
Other real estate owned 
Appraisal and other loan expenses 
Advertising 
Data processing 
Insurance 
Professional fees 
Debit card processing 
Regulatory assessments and costs 
Taxes, other 
Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expense 

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$              72,808 
1,689 
27,459 
337 
2,571 
104,864 

$              62,502 
1,543 
26,677 
505 
847 
92,074 

  $              48,993 
1,101 
19,643 
535 
577 
70,849 

15,621 
6,796 
3,850 
790 
27,057 
77,807 
1,905 
75,902 

1,568 
10,125 
3,187 
7,541 
1,103 
214 
23,738 

53,888 
11,565 
6,482 
1,335 
2,109 
1,829 
1,930 
5,220 
1,070 
2,589 
2,467 
1,228 
837 
11,941 
104,490 
(4,850)
(1,350)
(3,500)

(0.06)
(0.06)

7,946 
4,898 
1,588 
1,738 
16,170 
75,904 
2,300 
73,604 

1,401 
10,233 
3,105 
5,476 
(67)
174 
20,322 

44,082 
8,046 
5,447 
985 
1,588 
1,840 
1,211 
3,855 
996 
2,048 
1,868 
1,675 
796 
9,284 
83,721 
10,205 
1,578 
8,627 

0.15 
0.15 

$ 

$ 
$ 

3,020 
3,160 
1,238 
1,366 
8,784 
62,065 
900 
61,165 

1,614 
11,170 
3,378 
3,904 
(146)
177 
20,097 

37,959 
7,156 
4,618 
984 
4,092 
1,878 
1,279 
3,134 
982 
1,893 
1,264 
1,367 
817 
7,853 
75,276 
5,986 
(2,919)
8,905 

0.16 
0.15 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Income (loss) before benefit for income taxes 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes  
Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) per share 

Basic 
Diluted 

     $ 

     $ 
     $ 

(See notes to consolidated financial statements) 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Net income (loss) 

$

(3,500)   

$ 

8,627 

$ 

8,905 

2019 

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Other comprehensive, net of tax 

Unrealized gain/(loss) on securities (pre-tax 
$5,120, $5,364, and $(646), respectively) 
Reclassification adjustment for securities losses 

(gains) (pre-tax $(1,103), $67 and $146, 
respectively) 

Net unrealized gains/(losses) on securities 
Net unrealized holding losses on securities 

transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-
maturity (pre-tax $-, $(9,362), $-, respectively) 

Amortization of net unrealized holding 
losses during the period (pre-tax $1,658, $137, and 

$163, respectively)        

Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

4,284 

(823) 
3,461 

3,927 

49 
3,976 

- 

(6,855) 

1,125 

4,586 

101 

(2,778) 

(413) 

94 
(319) 

- 

104 

(215) 

Total comprehensive income  

$

1,086 

$ 

5,849 

$ 

8,690 

(See notes to consolidated financial statements) 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net (loss) income 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) 
operating activities: 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

(3,500)   

$ 

8,627 

  $ 

8,905 

Provision for loan losses 
Write down of other real estate owned 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Stock based compensation 
Loss (gain) on sale of investment securities 
Amortization of premiums on investment securities 
Accretion of discounts on retained SBA loans 
Fair value adjustments on SBA servicing assets 
Proceeds from sales of SBA loans originated for sale  
SBA loans originated for sale 
Gains on sales of SBA loans originated for sale 
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans originated for sale 
Mortgage loans originated for sale 
Fair value adjustment for mortgage loans originated for sale 
Gains on mortgage loans originated for sale 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Non-cash expense related to leases 
Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Net increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchase of investment securities available for sale 
Purchase of investment securities held to maturity 
Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale 
Proceeds from the paydown, maturity, or call of securities available for sale 
Proceeds from the paydown, maturity, or call of securities held to maturity 
Net redemption (purchase) of restricted stock 
Net increase in loans 
Net proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 
Premises and equipment expenditures 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Net increase in demand, money market and savings deposits 
Net increase in time deposits 
Increase (repayment) in short-term borrowings 
Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

Supplemental disclosures 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Non-cash transfers from loans to other real estate owned 
Conversion of subordinated debt to common stock 
Transfer of available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity securities 

1,905 
286 
6,482   
1,744 
2,632 
(1,103) 
3,730   
(1,411)   
1,364   
46,951 
(41,364) 
(3,187) 
335,991 
(317,881) 
454 
(8,117) 
- 
6 
1,128 
(8,464) 
1,687 
19,333   

(338,500)   
-   
54,742   
69,012   
116,486   
3,008   
(312,665)   
5,072   
(35,777) 
(438,622)   

261   
536,974   
69,322 
(91,422) 
515,135 

95,846 
72,473   

$ 

168,319 

  $ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

25,985 
- 
1,225 
- 
- 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2,300 
563 
5,447 
1,527 
2,116 
67 
2,878 
(1,332) 
1,458 
42,726 
(42,700) 
(3,105) 
322,264 
(291,870) 
513 
(8,378) 
- 
6 
- 
(5,047) 
1,570 
39,630 

(149,209) 
(123,265) 
6,439 
48,796 
63,565 
(3,836) 
(275,587) 
495 
(18,161) 
(450,763) 

670 
292,053 
37,519 
91,422 
421,664 

10,531 
61,942 
72,473 

15,905 
- 
315 
10,094 
230,094 

900 
3,000 
4,618 
(5,056) 
1,842 
146 
2,469 
(1,088) 
1,187 
42,269 
(37,062) 
(3,378) 
311,187 
(321,222) 
(846) 
(8,128) 
61 
29 
- 
(2,330) 
1,513 
(984) 

(165,065) 
(89,350) 
31,197 
48,547 
37,315 
(552) 
(197,965) 
499 
(22,525) 
(357,899) 

646 
380,052 
5,573 
- 
386,271 

27,388 
34,554 
61,942 

8,935 
75 
291 
229 
- 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

(See notes to consolidated financial statements) 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Common                                   

Additional   
Paid in   
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Stock 

Stock Held by 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Plan 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive  
Loss 

Total 
Shareholders’ 
Equity 

Treasury 
Stock 

Balance January 1, 2017 

  $ 

573  $  253,570 

  $  (27,888) 

  $  (3,725) 

  $ 

(183) 

  $ 

(7,294) 

  $  215,053 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  
Stock based compensation 
Conversion of subordinated debt to 
common stock (36,922 shares) 
Options exercised (197,975 shares) 

8,905 

1,842 

229 
644 

2 

(215) 

8,905 
(215) 
1,842 

229 
646 

Balance December 31, 2017 

575 

  256,285 

  (18,983) 

  (3,725) 

(183) 

(7,509) 

  226,460 

Reclassification due to the  
adoption of ASU 2018-02  
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  
Stock based compensation 
Conversion of subordinated debt to 

common stock (1,624,614 shares) 

Options exercised (174,850 shares) 

1,640 
8,627 

2,116 

10,078 
668 

16 
2 

(1,640) 

(2,778) 

- 
8,627 
(2,778) 
2,116 

  10,094 
670 

Balance December 31, 2018 

593 

269,147 

  (8,716) 

  (3,725) 

(183) 

  (11,927) 

  245,189 

Net loss 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax  
Stock based compensation 
Options exercised (53,550 shares) 

  (3,500) 

2,632 
260 

1 

4,586 

(3,500) 
4,586 
2,632 
261 

Balance December 31, 2019 

  $ 

594  $ 

272,039 

$  (12,216) 

$  (3,725) 

$ 

(183) 

$ 

(7,341) 

  $  249,168 

(See notes to consolidated financial statements) 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1.  Nature of Operations 

Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  is  a  one-bank  holding  company  organized  and 
incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.  It is comprised of one wholly-owned 
subsidiary,  Republic  First  Bank,  which  does  business  under  the  name  of  Republic  Bank  (“Republic”). 
Republic is a Pennsylvania state chartered bank that offers a variety of banking services to individuals and 
businesses throughout the Greater Philadelphia, Southern New Jersey, and New York City markets through 
its  offices  and  store  locations  in  Philadelphia,  Montgomery,  Delaware,  Bucks,  Camden,  Burlington, 
Atlantic, Gloucester, and New York Counties. On July 28, 2016, Republic acquired all of the issued and 
outstanding limited liability company interests of Oak Mortgage Company, LLC (“Oak Mortgage”) and, as 
a  result,  Oak  Mortgage  became  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Republic  on  that  date.  Oak  Mortgage  is 
headquartered in Marlton, NJ and is licensed to do business in Pennsylvania, Delaware, New Jersey, and 
Florida. On January 1, 2018, Oak Mortgage was merged into Republic and restructured as a division of 
Republic. The Oak Mortgage name is still utilized for marketing and branding purposes. The Company also 
has two unconsolidated subsidiaries, which are statutory trusts established by the Company in connection 
with its sponsorship of two separate issuances of trust preferred securities.  

The Company and Republic encounter vigorous competition for market share in the geographic areas 
they serve from bank holding companies, national, regional and other community banks, thrift institutions, 
credit  unions  and  other  non-bank  financial  organizations,  such  as  mutual  fund  companies,  insurance 
companies and brokerage companies. 

The Company and Republic are subject to federal and state regulations governing virtually all aspects 
of their activities, including but not limited to,  lines of business, liquidity, investments, the  payment of 
dividends and others.  Such regulations and the cost of adherence to such regulations can have a significant 
impact on earnings and financial condition. 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary,  Republic.  The  Company  follows  accounting  standards  set  by  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards Board (“FASB”).  The FASB sets accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America (“US GAAP”) that are followed to ensure consistent reporting of financial condition, results of 
operations, and cash flows. All material inter-company transactions have been eliminated. Events occurring 
subsequent to the date of the balance sheet have been evaluated for potential recognition or disclosure in 
the consolidated financial statements.   

Risks and Uncertainties and Certain Significant Estimates 

The earnings of the Company depend primarily on the earnings of Republic. The earnings of Republic 
are heavily dependent upon the level of net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned 
on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest paid on its interest-bearing 
liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Accordingly, the Company’s results of operations are subject 
to  risks  and  uncertainties  surrounding  Republic’s  exposure  to  changes  in  the  interest  rate  environment. 
Prepayments on residential real estate mortgage and other fixed rate loans and mortgage-backed securities 
vary significantly and may cause significant fluctuations in interest margins. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make 
significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. 

Significant estimates are made by management in determining the allowance for credit losses, carrying 
values of other real estate owned, assessment of other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of investment 
securities,  fair  value  of  financial  instruments,  and  the  realization  of  deferred  income  tax  assets. 
Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing these estimates. 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Most  of  the  Company’s  activities  are  with  customers  located  within  the  Greater  Philadelphia 
region.  Note  3  –  Investment  Securities  discusses  the  types  of  investment  securities  that  the  Company 
invests in.  Note 4 – Loans Receivable discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in, as well 
as loan concentrations.  The Company does not have a significant concentration of credit risk with any one 
customer. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all cash and due from  banks, 
interest-bearing deposits with an original maturity of ninety days or less and federal funds sold, maturing 
in ninety days or less, to be cash and cash equivalents. 

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks 

Republic is required to maintain certain average reserve balances as established by the Federal Reserve 
Board. The amounts of those balances for the reserve computation periods that include December 31, 2019 
and  2018  were  approximately  $57.2  million  and  $51.4  million,  respectively.  These  requirements  were 
satisfied  through  the  restriction  of  vault  cash  and  a  balance  held  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of 
Philadelphia. 

Investment Securities 

Held to Maturity – Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold 
until maturity are classified as held to maturity and are carried at their remaining unpaid principal balances, 
net of unamortized premiums or unaccreted discounts.  Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted 
using the interest method over the estimated remaining term of the underlying security. 

Available for Sale – Debt securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including securities 
that may be sold in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity, and 
changes  in  the  availability  of and  in  the  yield  of  alternative  investments,  are  classified  as  available  for 
sale.  These assets are carried at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from operations and 
are reported net of tax as a separate component of other comprehensive income until realized. Realized 
gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are reported in the consolidated statements of income 
and determined using the adjusted cost of the specific security sold on the trade date. 

Investment  securities  are  evaluated  on  at  least  a  quarterly  basis,  and  more  frequently  when  market 
conditions  warrant  such  an  evaluation,  to  determine  whether  a  decline  in  their  value  is  other-than-
temporary. To determine whether a loss in value is other-than-temporary, management utilizes criteria such 

83 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
as  the  reasons  underlying  the  decline,  the magnitude and  duration  of  the  decline,  the intent  to  hold the 
security and the likelihood of the Company not being required to sell the security prior to an anticipated 
recovery in the fair value. The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is 
permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, 
or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of 
the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the portion of the decline 
related to credit impairment is charged to earnings.  

Restricted Stock 

Restricted stock, which represents a required investment in the capital stock of correspondent banks 
related to available credit facilities, was carried at cost as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.  As of those 
dates, restricted stock consisted of investments in the capital stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and Atlantic 
Community  Bankers  Bank  (“ACBB”).  The  required  investment  in  the  capital  stock  of  the  FHLB  is 
calculated based on outstanding loan balances and open credit facilities with the FHLB.  Excess investments 
are returned to Republic on a quarterly basis.  

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the investment in FHLB stock totaled $2.6 million and 
$5.6 million, respectively. The increase was due primarily to a higher membership stock requirement by 
FHLB  at  December  31,  2018  which  resulted  in  a  higher  required  investment  as  of  that  date.  At  both 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, ACBB stock totaled $143,000. 

Mortgage Banking Activities and Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 

Mortgage loans held for sale are originated and  held until sold to permanent investors. On  July 28, 
2016, management elected to adopt the fair value option in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, and record loans held for sale at fair 
value. 

Mortgage loans held for sale originated on or subsequent to the election of the fair value option, are 
recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The fair value is determined on a recurring basis by utilizing 
quoted  prices  from  dealers  in  such  securities.  Changes  in  fair  value  are  reflected  in  mortgage  banking 
income in the statements of income. Direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred and are 
included in non-interest expense in the statements of income. 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments 

Mortgage loan commitments known as interest rate locks that relate to the origination of a mortgage 
that  will  be  held  for  sale upon funding  are  considered  derivative instruments  under  the  derivatives  and 
hedging  accounting  guidance  FASB  ASC  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging.  Loan  commitments  that  are 
classified as derivatives are recognized at fair value on the balance sheet as other assets and other liabilities 
with changes in their fair values recorded as mortgage banking income and included in non-interest income 
in the statements of income. Outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during 
the  period  from the  date  of  issuance through the  date  of  loan  funding, cancellation  or  expiration.  Loan 
commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the borrower is not obligated to obtain the 
loan. Republic is subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which is realized if approved borrowers choose 
not  to  close  on  the  loans  within  the  terms  of  the  IRLCs.  Republic  uses  best  efforts  commitments  to 
substantially eliminate these risks. The valuation of the IRLCs issued by Republic includes the value of the 
servicing released premium. Republic sells loans where the servicing is released, and the servicing released 
premium is included in the market price. See Note  23  Derivatives and Risk Management  Activities for 
further detail of IRLCs. 

84 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Best Efforts Forward Loan Sale Commitments 

Best efforts forward loan sale commitments are commitments to sell individual mortgage loans at a 
fixed price to an investor at a future date. Best efforts forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as 
derivatives  and  carried  at  fair  value,  determined  as  the  amount  that  would  be  necessary  to  settle  the 
derivative financial instrument at the balance sheet date. Gross derivative assets and liabilities are recorded 
as  other  assets  and  other  liabilities  with  changes  in  fair  value  during  the  period  recorded  as  mortgage 
banking income and included in non-interest income in the statements of income.  

Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

Mandatory forward loan sales commitments are based on fair values of the underlying mortgage loans 
and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Mandatory forward loan sale commitments are 
accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair value, determined as the amount that would be necessary to 
settle the derivative financial instrument at the balance sheet date. Gross derivative assets and liabilities are 
recorded  as  other  assets  and  other  liabilities  with  changes  in  fair  value  during  the  period  recorded  as 
mortgage banking income and included in non-interest income in the statements of income.  

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill 
is recognized as an asset and is to be reviewed for impairment annually and between annual tests when 
events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment is a condition that exists 
when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.  

The  Company  has  one  reportable  segment:  Community  Banking.  The  community  banking  segment 
primarily  encompasses  the  commercial  loan  and  deposit  activities  of  the  Bank,  as  well  as,  residential 
mortgage and consumer loan products in the area surrounding its stores. Oak Mortgage was acquired by 
the Bank on July 28, 2016 and organized as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. Oak Mortgage was 
maintained as a separate legal entity through December 31, 2017 in order to preserve certain secondary 
market contracts and regulatory licensing requirements.  

On January 1, 2018, Oak Mortgage operations were restructured as a division of Republic and all assets, 
liabilities, contracts, employees and activity were merged into the Republic. As a result of this restructuring, 
the Company re-evaluated its reporting unit structure and determined that as of July 31, 2018 there were no 
longer  two  reporting  units  but  rather  a  sole  reporting  unit  in  Republic  Bank.  As  of  July  31,  2019,  the 
Company elected to perform a Step One Test for goodwill impairment. The fair value of the reporting unit 
was  higher  than  the  book  value  and,  therefore,  no  Step  Two  analysis  was  required.  Goodwill  totaled 
$5.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Loans Receivable 

The  loans  receivable  portfolio  is  segmented  into  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  commercial  real 
estate loans,  owner  occupied real  estate loans,  construction  and land  development  loans,  consumer  and 
other loans, and residential mortgages.  Consumer loans consist of home equity loans and other consumer 
loans. 

       Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating historical and projected profitability 
and  cash  flow  to  determine  the  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  their  obligation as  agreed.  Commercial  and 
industrial loans are made primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on 
the  underlying  collateral  supporting  the  loan  facility.  Accordingly,  the  repayment  of  a  commercial  and 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
industrial  loan  depends  primarily  on  the  creditworthiness  of  the  borrower  (and  any  guarantors),  while 
liquidation of collateral is a secondary and often insufficient source of repayment. 

       Commercial real estate and owner occupied real estate loans are subject to the underwriting standards 
and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those underwriting standards for 
real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow dependent and secondarily as loans secured 
by  real  estate. Repayment  of  these  loans  is  generally  dependent  upon  the  successful  operation  of  the 
property securing the loan or the principal business conducted on the property securing the loan. In addition, 
the underwriting considers the amount of the principal advanced relative to the property value. Commercial 
real estate and owner occupied real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate 
markets or the economy in general. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate and owner 
occupied real estate loans based on cash flow estimates, collateral and risk-rating criteria. The Company 
also  utilizes  third-party  experts  to  provide  environmental  and  market  valuations.  Substantial  effort  is 
required to underwrite, monitor and evaluate commercial real estate and owner occupied real estate loans. 

       Construction  and  land  development  loans  are  underwritten  based  upon  a  financial  analysis  of  the 
developers  and  property  owners  and  construction  cost  estimates,  in  addition  to  independent  appraisal 
valuations. These loans will rely on the value associated with the project upon completion. These cost and 
valuation  amounts  used  are  estimates  and  may  be  inaccurate.  Construction  loans  generally  involve  the 
disbursement of substantial funds over a short period of time with repayment substantially dependent upon 
the success of the completed project. Sources of repayment of these loans would be permanent financing 
upon completion or sales of developed property. These loans are closely monitored by onsite inspections 
and are considered to be of a higher risk than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being 
sensitive to general economic conditions, availability of long-term financing, interest rate sensitivity, and 
governmental regulation of real property. 

       Consumer and other loans consist of home equity loans and lines of credit and other loans to individuals 
originated  through  the  Company’s  retail  network,  which  are  typically  secured  by  personal  property  or 
unsecured. Home equity loans and lines of credit often carry additional risk as a result of typically being in 
a second position or lower in the event collateral is liquidated. Consumer loans have may also have greater 
credit risk because of the difference in the underlying collateral, if any. The application of various federal 
and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans. 

Residential mortgage loans are secured by one to four family dwelling units. This group consists of 

first mortgages and are originated primarily at loan to value ratios of 80% or less. 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or 
payoff are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan 
losses. Interest on loans is calculated based upon the principal amounts outstanding. The Company defers 
and amortizes certain origination and commitment fees, and certain direct loan origination costs over the 
contractual life of the related loan. This results in an adjustment of the related loans yield. 

The  Company  accounts  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts  related  to  loans 
purchased based upon the effective interest method. If a loan prepays in full before the contractual maturity 
date, any unamortized premiums, discounts or fees are recognized immediately as an adjustment to interest 
income. 

Loans are generally classified as non-accrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal 
or  interest  for  a  period of more  than  90  days,  unless  such  loans  are  well-secured  and  in  the  process  of 
collection. Loans that are on a current payment status or past due less than 90 days may also be classified 
as non-accrual if repayment in full of principal and/or interest is in doubt. Loans may be returned to accrual 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured of repayment within 
an  acceptable  period  of  time, and there is  a  sustained  period of  repayment  performance  of  interest  and 
principal by the borrower, in accordance with the contractual terms. Generally, in the case of non-accrual 
loans, cash received is applied to reduce the principal outstanding. 

Allowance for Credit Losses 

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded 
lending commitments.  The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent 
in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is recorded as a reduction to loans.  The reserve for 
unfunded lending commitments would represent management’s estimate of losses inherent in its unfunded 
loan commitments and would be recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, if necessary.  
The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. 
Loans  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  management  believes  that  the  collectability  of  the  loan 
principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance.  

The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  an  amount  that  represents  management’s  estimate  of  known  and 
inherent losses related to the loan portfolio and unfunded loan commitments.  Because the allowance for 
credit  losses  is  dependent,  to  a  great  extent,  on  the  general  economy  and  other  conditions  that  may  be 
beyond Republic’s control, the estimate of the allowance for credit losses could differ materially in the near 
term.   

The  allowance  consists  of  specific,  general  and  unallocated  components.  The  specific  component 
relates to loans that are categorized as impaired.  For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance 
is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers non-classified 
loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for several qualitative factors.  An  unallocated 
component  is  maintained  to  cover  uncertainties  that  could  affect  management’s  estimate  of  probable 
losses.  The  unallocated  component  of  the  allowance  reflects  the  margin  of  imprecision  inherent  in  the 
underlying  assumptions  used  in  the  methodologies  for  estimating  specific  and  general  losses  in  the 
portfolio.  All identified losses are immediately charged off and therefore no portion of the allowance for 
loan losses is restricted to any individual loan or group of loans, and the entire allowance is available to 
absorb any and all loan losses. 

In estimating the allowance for credit losses, management considers current economic conditions, past 
loss experience, diversification of the loan portfolio, delinquency statistics, results of internal loan reviews 
and  regulatory  examinations,  borrowers’  perceived  financial  and  managerial  strengths,  the  adequacy  of 
underlying collateral, if collateral dependent, or present value of future cash flows, and other relevant and 
qualitative risk factors.  These qualitative risk factors include: 

1)  Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and 

recovery practices. 

2)  National, regional and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various 

segments. 

3)  Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans. 
4)  Experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff. 
5)  Volume  and  severity  of  past  due,  classified  and  nonaccrual  loans  as  well  as  other  loan 

modifications. 

6)  Quality of the Company’s loan review system, and the degree of oversight by the Company’s Board 

of Directors. 

7)  Existence and effect of any concentration of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations. 

87 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
8)  Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements. 

Each  factor  is  assigned  a  value  to  reflect  improving,  stable  or  declining  conditions  based  on 
management’s  best  judgment  using  relevant  information  available  at  the  time  of  the  evaluation.  
Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative 
accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation. 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the 
Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to 
the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan  agreement.  Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining 
impairment,  include  payment  status  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest 
payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally 
are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment 
shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all the circumstances surrounding the loan and 
the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, and the borrower’s prior payment 
record.  Impairment  is  measured  on  a  loan-by-loan  basis  for  commercial  and  construction  loans  by  the 
present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate,  the  loan’s 
obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. 

An  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  for  an  impaired  loan  if  its  carrying  value  exceeds  its 
estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are 
measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral.   

For  commercial,  consumer,  and  residential  loans  secured  by  real  estate,  estimated  fair  values  are 
determined primarily through third-party appraisals.  When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a 
decision  is  made  regarding  whether  an  updated  certified  appraisal  of  the  real  estate  is  necessary.  This 
decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value 
ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to 
arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The 
discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property. 

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, 
inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, 
inventory reports, accounts receivable agings  or equipment  appraisals or invoices.  Indications  of value 
from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of 
the assets. 

Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants 
such  borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are  experiencing financial  difficulty.  
Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in interest 
rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date.  Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored 
to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive 
months after modification.  Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired. 

The  allowance  calculation methodology  includes  further segregation of loan  classes  into  risk  rating 
categories.    The  borrower’s  overall  financial  condition,  repayment  sources,  guarantors  and  value  of 
collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, 
such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial and consumer loans.  Credit quality risk ratings include 
regulatory  classifications  of  special  mention,  substandard,  doubtful  and  loss.    Loans  classified  special 
mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If uncorrected, the potential 
weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects.  Loans classified substandard have a 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  They include loans that 
are  inadequately  protected by  the  current  sound  net  worth  and  paying  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  of  the 
collateral pledged, if any.  Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified 
substandard  with  the  added  characteristic  that  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of  current 
conditions and facts, is highly improbable.  Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are 
charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified as special mention, substandard, doubtful, or 
loss are rated pass.   

In  addition,  federal  and  state  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process, 
periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize 
additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their 
examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive 
analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is 
adequate. 

Transfers of Financial Assets 

The Company accounts for the transfers and servicing financial assets in accordance with ASC 860, 
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities. ASC 860, 
revises  the  standards  for  accounting  for  the  securitizations  and  other  transfers  of  financial  assets  and 
collateral. 

Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales,  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been 
surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been 
isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from 
taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not 
maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their 
maturity. 

A servicing asset related to SBA loans is initially recorded when these loans are sold and the servicing 
rights are retained. The servicing asset is recorded on the balance sheet and included in other assets. An 
updated fair value of the servicing asset is obtained from an independent third party on a quarterly basis 
and any necessary adjustments are included in loan and servicing fees on the statement of income. The 
valuation begins with the projection of future cash flows for each asset based on their unique characteristics, 
our market-based assumptions for prepayment speeds and estimated losses and recoveries.  The present 
value of the future cash flows are then calculated utilizing our market-based discount ratio assumptions.  In 
all cases, the Company models expected payments for every loan for each quarterly period in order to create 
the most detailed cash flow stream possible. 

The  Company  uses  various  assumptions  and  estimates  in  determining  the  impairment  of  the  SBA 
servicing asset.  These assumptions include prepayment speeds and discount rates commensurate with the 
risks involved and comparable to assumptions used by participants to value and bid serving rights available 
for sale in the market. 

For more information on the SBA servicing asset including the sensitivity of the current fair value of 
the  SBA  loan  servicing  rights  to  adverse  changes  in  key  assumptions,  see  Note  15  –  Fair  Value 
Measurements and Fair Values of Financial Instruments. 

89 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Loans Held for Sale  

Other loans held for sale consist of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans that the Company intends to 
sell after origination and are reflected at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. When the sale of the loan 
occurs, the premium received is combined  with the estimated  present value of future cash flows on the 
related servicing asset and recorded as a Gain on the Sale of SBA loans which is categorized as non-interest 
income. Subsequent fees collected for servicing of the sold portion of a loan are combined with fair value 
adjustments to the SBA servicing asset and recorded as a net amount in Loan and Servicing Fees, which is 
also categorized as non-interest income. 

Guarantees 

The  Company  accounts  for  guarantees  in  accordance  with  ASC  815  Guarantor’s  Accounting  and 
Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.  ASC 
815 requires a guarantor entity, at the inception of a guarantee covered by the measurement provisions of 
the  interpretation,  to  record  a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation  undertaken  in  issuing  the 
guarantee.  The Company has financial and performance letters of credit.  Financial letters of credit require 
the  Company  to  make  payment  if  the  customer’s  financial  condition  deteriorates,  as  defined  in  the 
agreements.   Performance letters of credit require the Company to make payments if the customer fails to 
perform  certain  non-financial  contractual  obligations.  The  maximum  potential  undiscounted  amount  of 
future  payments  of  these  letters  of  credit  as  of  December  31,  2019  is $17.2  million  and  they  expire  as 
follows: $16.3 million in 2020 and $932,000 in 2021.  Amounts due under these letters of credit would be 
reduced by any proceeds that the Company would be able to obtain in liquidating the collateral for the 
loans, which varies depending on the customer.  There was no liability for guarantees under standby letters 
of credit as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

Premises and Equipment 

Premises  and  equipment  (including  land)  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and 
amortization. Depreciation of furniture and equipment is calculated over the estimated useful life of the 
asset using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes, and accelerated methods for income 
tax purposes. The estimated useful lives are 40 years for buildings and 3 to 13 years for furniture, fixtures 
and equipment.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or 
terms of their respective leases, which range from 1 to 30 years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to 
current operations as incurred, and renewals and major improvements are capitalized.  

Operating Leases 

The Company enters into lease agreements to obtain the right to use assets for its business operations, 
substantially all of which are real estate. Lease liabilities and ROU assets are recognized when the Company 
enters into operating leases and represent its obligations and rights to use these assets over the period of the 
leases  and  may  be  re-measured  for  certain  modifications,  resolution  of  certain  contingencies  involving 
variable consideration, or its exercise of options (renewal, extension, or termination) under the lease.  

Operating lease liabilities include fixed and in-substance fixed payments for the contractual duration 
of  the  lease,  adjusted  for  renewals  or  terminations  which  were  considered  probable  of  exercise  when 
measured.  During  2019,  one  lease  term  for  real  property  was  extended,  for  which  the  extension  was 
considered probable at the time of measurement. The lease payments are discounted using a rate determined 
when the lease is recognized. As the Company typically does not know the discount rate implicit in the 
lease, the Company estimates a discount rate that it believes approximates a collateralized borrowing rate 
for the estimated duration of the lease. The discount rate is updated when re-measurement events occur. 

90 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The related operating lease ROU assets may differ from operating lease liabilities due to initial direct costs, 
deferred or prepaid lease payments and lease incentives. 

The  amortization  of  operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  the  accretion  of  operating  lease  liabilities  are 
reported  together  as  fixed  lease  expense  and  are  included  in  net  occupancy  expense  within  noninterest 
expense. The fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.  

The Company has elected to exclude leases with original terms of less than one year from the operating 
lease ROU assets and lease liabilities. The Company has no agreements that qualified as a short-term lease. 
The related short-term lease expense would be included in net occupancy expense.  

Other Real Estate Owned 

Other real estate owned consists of assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure.  They are 
held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a 
new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the 
assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less the cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses 
from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from other real estate 
owned. 

Advertising Costs 

It is the Company’s policy to expense advertising costs in the period in which they are incurred. 

Income Taxes 

Income  tax  accounting  guidance  results  in  two  components  of  income  tax  expense:  current  and 
deferred.  Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying 
the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues.  The 
Company  determines  deferred  income  taxes  using  the  liability  (or  balance  sheet)  method.  Under  this 
method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book 
and tax bases of assets and liabilities and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period 
in which they occur. 

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods.  
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the evidence available, 
it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.   

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not, based on the technical 
merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination.  The term more likely than not 
means  a  likelihood  of  more  than  50  percent.  The  terms  examined  and  upon  examination  also  include 
resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any.  A tax position that meets the more-likely-
than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit 
that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that 
has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The determination of whether or not a tax position has met 
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available 
at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes, if any, as a component of the provision 

for income taxes. 

91 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Stock Based Compensation 

The  Company  has  a  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock  Plan  (“the  2005  Plan”),  under  which  the 
Company  granted  options,  restricted  stock  or  stock  appreciation  rights  to  the  Company’s  employees, 
directors,  and  certain  consultants.  The  2005  Plan  became  effective  on  November  14,  1995,  and  was 
amended and approved at the  Company’s 2005 annual  meeting of shareholders. Under the terms of the 
2005  Plan,  1.5 million shares  of  common  stock,  plus  an  annual  increase  equal to the  number  of  shares 
needed to restore the maximum number of shares that could be available for grant under the 2005 Plan to 
1.5 million shares, were available for such grants. As of December 31, 2019, the only grants under the 2005 
Plan were option grants. The 2005 Plan provided that the exercise price of each option granted equaled the 
market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Options granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan 
vest within one to four years and have a maximum term of 10 years. The 2005 Plan terminated on November 
14, 2015 in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in the Plan agreement.        

On April 29, 2014 the Company’s shareholders approved the 2014 Republic First Bancorp, Inc. Equity 
Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), under which the Company may grant options, restricted stock, stock units, 
or  stock  appreciation  rights  to  the  Company’s  employees,  directors,  independent  contractors,  and 
consultants.    Under  the  terms  of  the  2014  Plan,  2.6  million  shares  of  common  stock,  plus  an  annual 
adjustment to be no less than 10% of the outstanding shares or such lower number as the Board of Directors 
may determine, are available for such grants. At December 31, 2019, the maximum number of common 
shares issuable under the 2014 Plan was 6.4 million shares. Compensation cost  for all option awards is 
calculated and recognized over the vesting period of the option awards. If the service conditions are not 
met, the Company reverses previously recorded compensation expense upon forfeiture. The Company’s 
accounting policy election is to recognize forfeitures as they occur. 

Earnings Per Share 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) consists of two separate components: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic 
EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
for  each  period  presented.  Diluted  EPS  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average 
number of common shares outstanding plus dilutive common stock equivalents (“CSEs”). CSEs consist of 
dilutive  stock  options  granted  through  the  Company’s  stock  option  plans  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018.  CSEs previously consisted of dilutive stock options granted through the 
Company’s stock option plans and convertible securities related to the trust preferred securities issued in 
2008 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. The convertible securities related to trust preferred 
securities issued in 2008 fully converted to common stock in 2018. There was no interest expense in 2018 
related  to  the  trust  preferred  securities  issuance.  In  the  diluted  EPS  computation,  the  after  tax  interest 
expense on the trust preferred securities issuance would normally be added back to the net income for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2017. However, the effect of CSEs (convertible securities related to 
the trust preferred securities only) and the related add back of after tax interest expense was considered 
anti-dilutive  and  therefore  was  not  included  in  the  EPS  calculations.  The  effects  of  stock  options  are 
excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in periods in which the effect would be anti-
dilutive. 

92 

 
 
 
  
 
The calculation of EPS for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 is as follows:   

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Net income (loss) - basic and diluted 

$

(3,500)  

$

8,627  

$ 

8,905 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

58,833  

58,358  

  56,933 

Net income (loss) per share – basic  

$

(0.06)  

$

0.15  

$ 

0.16 

Weighted average shares outstanding (including dilutive CSEs)   

58,833  

59,407 

  58,250 

Net income (loss) per share – diluted 

$

(0.06)  

$

0.15 

$ 

0.15 

The following is a summary of securities that could potentially dilute basic earnings per common share 
in future periods that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because 
to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented. 

(in thousands) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Anti-dilutive securities 

   Share based compensation awards 

4,979  

2,813  

   Convertible securities 

-  

-  

      Total anti-dilutive securities 

4,979  

2,813  

1,689 

1,625 

3,314 

Comprehensive Income  

The Company presents as a component of comprehensive income the amounts from transactions and 
other events, which currently are excluded from the consolidated statements of income and are recorded 
directly to shareholders’ equity. These amounts consist of unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for 
sale securities and amortization of unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities transferred to 
held-to-maturity.   

Trust Preferred Securities 

The Company has sponsored two outstanding issues of corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable 
capital  securities  of  a  subsidiary trust holding  solely junior  subordinated  debentures  of  the  corporation, 
more  commonly known as trust preferred securities. The subsidiary  trusts are not consolidated  with the 
Company for financial reporting purposes.  The purpose of the issuances of these securities was to increase 
capital.  The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in amounts up to 
25% of total Tier 1 capital.  See Note 8 “Borrowings” for further information regarding the issuances. 

Variable Interest Entities 

The  Company follows the guidance under ASC 810,  Consolidation,  with regard to variable  interest 
entities.  ASC 810 clarifies the application of consolidation principles for certain legal entities in which 
voting rights are not effective in identifying the investor with the controlling financial interest. An entity is 
subject to consolidation under ASC 810 if the investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity 

93 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, are unable to direct the entity’s 
activities,  or  are  not  exposed  to  the  entity’s  losses  or  entitled  to  its  residual  returns  ("variable  interest 
entities"). Variable interest entities within the scope of ASC 810 will be required to be consolidated by their 
primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is determined to be the party that 
absorbs a majority of the entity's expected losses, receives a majority of its expected returns, or both. 

The Company does not consolidate its subsidiary trusts.  ASC 810 precludes consideration of the call 
option embedded in the preferred securities when determining if the Company has the right to a majority 
of  the trusts’  expected residual  returns.  The non-consolidation  results  in  the  investment  in the  common 
securities of the trusts to be included in other assets with a corresponding increase in outstanding debt of 
$341,000. In addition, the income received on the Company’s investment in the common securities of the 
trusts is included in other income. 

Treasury Stock 

Common stock purchased for treasury is recorded at cost.   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

ASU 2016-02 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. From the Company’s perspective, the 
new standard establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a 
lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases are classified as 
either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income 
statement for lessees. From the landlord perspective, the new standard requires a lessor to classify leases as 
either sales-type, finance or operating. A lease is treated as a sale if it transfers all of the risks and rewards, 
as  well  as  control  of  the  underlying  asset,  to  the  lessee.  If  risks  and  rewards  are  conveyed  without  the 
transfer of control, the lease is treated as a financing. If the lessor doesn’t convey risks and  rewards or 
control, an operating lease results. The new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years.   

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11 “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements,” which 
provided lessees the option to apply the new leasing standard to all open leases as of the adoption date. 
Prior to this ASU issuance, a modified retrospective transition approach was required.  

In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-20 "Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements 
for Lessors," which provided lessors a policy election to not evaluate whether certain sales taxes and other 
similar taxes are lessor costs or lessee costs. Additionally, the update requires certain lessors to exclude 
from variable payments lessor costs paid by lessees directly to third parties. 

The  Company  adopted  this  ASU  on  January  1,  2019.  The  Company  recognized  an  ROU  asset  of 
$34.2 million and total operating lease liability obligations of $35.1 million at January 1,  2019.  Capital 
ratios remained in compliance with the regulatory definition of well capitalized. There were no material 
changes  to  the  recognition  of  operating  lease  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  The 
Company adopted certain practical expedients available under the new guidance, which did not require it 
to (1) reassess whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases, (2) reassess the lease classification 
for any expired or existing leases, (3) reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases, and (4) evaluate 
whether  certain  sales  taxes  and  other  similar  taxes  are  lessor  costs.  The  Company  elected  the  use-of-
hindsight practical expedient. Additionally, the Company elected to apply the new lease guidance at the 
adoption date, rather than at the beginning of the earliest period presented. 

94 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASU 2016-13 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses  (Topic  326): 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The ASU requires an organization to measure all 
expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current 
conditions,  and  reasonable and  supportable forecasts.  Financial institutions  and other  organizations will 
now  use  forward-looking  information  to  better  inform  their  credit  loss  estimates.  Many  of  the  loss 
estimation  techniques  applied  today  will  still be permitted,  although the  inputs to  those  techniques  will 
change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Additionally, the ASU amends the accounting 
for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU, continuing its implementation efforts and 
reviewing the loss modeling requirements consistent with lifetime expected loss estimates. Calculations of 
expected losses under the new guidance were run parallel to the calculations under existing guidance to 
assess and evaluate the potential impact to the Company’s financial statements.  The new model includes 
different assumptions used in calculating credit losses, such as estimating losses over the estimated life of 
a financial asset and considers expected future changes in macroeconomic conditions. The adoption of this 
ASU may result in an increase to the Company's allowance for loan losses which will depend upon the 
nature  and  characteristics  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio  at  the  adoption  date,  as  well  as  the 
macroeconomic  conditions  and  forecasts  at  that  date.  The  Company  expects  an  initial  increase  to  the 
allowance for credit losses, in the range of 0% to 11% of the December 31, 2019 allowance for credit losses, 
or  an  incremental  increase  to  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  in  the  range  of  $0  up  to  approximately 
$1.0 million. When finalized, this one-time increase as a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will be 
recorded, net of tax, as an adjustment to retained earnings effective January 1, 2020. This estimate is subject 
to  change  based  on  continuing  refinement  and  validation  of  the  model  and  methodologies.  For  the 
Company, this update became effective January 1, 2020.  

ASU 2017-08 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt 
Securities, which amends the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a 
premium, shortening such period to the earliest call date. The ASU was effective for public business entities 
for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For all 
other entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods 
within  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2020.  Earlier  application  is  permitted  for  all  entities, 
including  adoption  in  an  interim  period.  If  an  entity  early  adopts  the  ASU  in  an  interim  period,  any 
adjustments must be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The 
adoption of ASU 2017-08 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

ASU 2018-07 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The 
ASU simplifies the accounting for share based payments granted to non-employees for goods and services. 
The ASU applies to all share based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services from 
non-employees  to  be  used  or  consumed  in  a  grantor’s  own  operations  by  issuing  share  based  payment 
awards.  With  the  amended  guidance  from  ASU  2018-07,  non-employees  share  based  payments  are 
measured with an estimate of the fair value of the equity of the business is obligated to issue at the grant 
date (the date that the business and the stock award recipient agree to the terms of the award). Compensation 
would be recognized in the same period and in the same manner as if the entity had paid cash for goods and 
services instead of stock. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this ASU on 
January 1, 2019. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
condition, results of operations, and consolidated financial statements. 

3.  Investment Securities 

A summary of the amortized cost and market value of securities available for sale and securities held 

to maturity at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 

Total securities available for sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 

Total securities held to maturity 

(dollars in thousands) 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 
Asset-backed securities 

Total securities available for sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 

Total securities held to maturity 

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

38,743   
329,492   
98,953   
4,064   
69,499   
540,751   

94,913   
416,177   
133,752   
644,842   

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

197,812   
39,105   
20,807   
62,583   
6,433   
326,740   

107,390   
500,690   
153,483   
761,563   

At December 31, 2019 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1  
2,368  
82  
18  
79  
2,548  

482  
7,603  
1,782  
9,867  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(439)   
(422)   
(98)   
-   
(3,298)   
(4,257)   

(294)   
(793)   
(513)   
(1,600)   

At December 31, 2018 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

567  
5  
64  
87  
-  
723  

-  
570  
-  
570  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2,120)   
(611)   
(232)   
(3,396)   
(90)   
(6,449)   

(3,772)   
(5,793)   
(5,245)   
(14,810)   

Fair 
Value 

38,305 
331,438 
98,937 
4,082 
66,280 
539,042 

95,101 
422,987 
135,021 
653,109 

Fair 
Value 

196,259 
38,499 
20,639 
59,274 
6,343 
321,014 

103,618 
495,467 
148,238 
747,323 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The  following  table  presents  investment  securities  by  stated  maturity  at  December  31,  2019. 
Collateralized mortgage obligations and agency mortgage-backed securities have expected maturities that 
differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay and, therefore, these 
securities are classified separately with no specific maturity date. 

Available for Sale 

Held to Maturity 

(dollars in thousands) 
Due in 1 year or less 
After 1 year to 5 years 
After 5 years to 10 years 
After 10 years 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 
3,790 
39,653  
65,863  
3,000  
329,492  
98,953  
540,751 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 
3,795 
39,435 
62,617 
2,820 
331,438 
98,937 
539,042 

  $ 

  $ 

96 

Amortized 
Cost 
- 
20,048  
74,865  
-  
416,177  
133,752  
644,842 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 
- 
20,073 
75,028 
- 
422,987 
135,021 
653,109 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or 

prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. 

      The  Company’s  investment  securities  portfolio  consists  primarily  of  debt  securities  issued  by  U.S. 
government  agencies, U.S.  government-sponsored agencies, state governments, local municipalities and 
certain corporate entities. There were no private label mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) or collateralized 
mortgage obligations (“CMO”) held in the investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018.  There were also no MBS or CMO securities that were rated “Alt-A” or “sub-prime” 
as of those dates. 

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility 
and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the available for sale portfolio are included in 
shareholders’  equity  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  or  loss,  net  of  tax.  
Securities classified as held to maturity are carried at amortized cost.  An unrealized loss exists when the 
current fair value of an individual security is less than the amortized cost basis.  

The Company regularly evaluates investment securities that are in an unrealized loss position in order 
to determine if the decline in fair value is other than temporary.  Factors considered in the evaluation include 
the current economic climate, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, 
the current interest rate environment and the rating of each security. An OTTI loss must be recognized for 
a debt security in an unrealized loss position if the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely 
than not that it will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. The amount 
of OTTI loss recognized is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of 
the  security  that  is attributed  to credit  deterioration. Accounting standards require the  evaluation  of the 
expected cash flows to be received to determine if a credit loss has occurred.  In the event of a credit loss, 
that amount must be recognized against income in the current period.  The portion of the unrealized loss 
related to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or the current interest rate environment, 
is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for investment securities classified available 
for sale. There were no impairment charges (credit losses) recorded during the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018, and 2017. 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, investment securities in the amount of approximately $847.1 million 
and $710.7 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and certain other deposits 
as required by law. 

The  following  table  presents  a  roll-forward  of  the  balance  of  credit-related  impairment  losses  on 
securities held at December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 for which a portion of OTTI was recognized in other 
comprehensive income: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Beginning Balance, January 1st 
Reductions for securities sold during the period 
Ending Balance, December 31st  

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

-  
-  
-  

$ 

$ 

274 
(274) 
- 

  $ 

  $ 

937 
(663) 
274 

97 

 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealized losses associated with the investment 
portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a 
continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:  

Less than 12 months 

At December 31, 2019 
12 months or more 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 

Total Available for Sale 

Fair 
Value 

28,136 
63,384 
2,924 
- 
2,820 
97,264 

$ 

$ 

Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 

$ 

439 
328 
13 
- 
180 
960 

  $ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

- 
6,164 
6,411 
- 
51,882 
64,457 

Unrealized           
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

$ 

- 
94 
85 
- 
3,118 
3,297 

  $ 

28,136  $ 
69,548 
9,335 
- 
54,702 

  $  161,721  $ 

Losses 

439 
422 
98 
- 
3,298 
4,257 

Unrealized                     

Less than 12 months 

At December 31, 2019 
12 months or more 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 

Total Held to Maturity 

  $ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

33,092 
24,211 
14,044 
71,347 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized                     

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized         
Losses 

$ 

$ 

220 
18 
33 
271 

  $ 

3,703 
64,324 
52,132 
 $  120,159 

$ 

$ 

36,795  $ 

  $ 
       88,535 
66,176 

  $  191,506  $ 

294 
793 
513 
1,600 

Losses 

74 
775 
480 
1,329 

Less than 12 months 

At December 31, 2018 
12 months or more 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 
Asset backed securities 

Total Available for Sale 

Fair 
Value 

58,883 
1,134 
1,549 
- 
6,343 
67,909 

$ 

$ 

Unrealized            

Unrealized             

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

$ 

270 
10 
7 
- 
90 
377 

  $ 

83,377 
16,768 
12,154 
53,189 
- 
$  165,488 

$ 

$ 

Losses 

1,850 
601 
225 
3,396 
- 
6,072 

Fair 
Value 

  $  142,260  $ 

17,902 
13,703 
53,189 
6,343 

  $  233,397  $ 

Losses 

2,120 
611 
232 
3,396 
90 
6,449 

Less than 12 months 

At December 31, 2018 
12 months or more 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 

Total Held to Maturity 

  $ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

5,351 
44,574 
- 
49,925 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized                     

Unrealized                     

$ 

$ 

26 
475 
- 
501 

  $ 

98,267 
   173,467 
119,243 
 $  390,977 

$ 

3,746 
5,318 
5,245 
$  14,309 

  $  103,618  $ 
       218,041 
119,243 
  $  440,902  $ 

Losses 

3,772 
5,793 
5,245 
14,810 

Unrealized losses on securities in the investment portfolio amounted to $5.9 million with a total fair 
value of $353.2 million as of December 31, 2019 compared to unrealized losses of $21.3 million with a 
total fair value of $674.3 million as of December 31, 2018.  The Company believes the unrealized losses 
presented in the tables above are temporary in nature and primarily related to market interest rates or limited 
trading activity in particular type of security rather than the underlying credit quality of the issuers. The 
Company does not believe that these losses are other than temporary and does not currently intend to sell 
or believe it will be required to sell securities in an unrealized loss position prior to maturity or recovery of 
the amortized cost bases. 

       The  Company  held  nine  U.S.  Government  agency  securities,  thirty-two  collateralized  mortgage 
obligations and seventeen agency mortgage-backed securities that were in an unrealized loss position at 
December 31, 2019. Principal and interest payments of the underlying collateral for each of these securities 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
carry minimal credit risk. Management found no evidence of OTTI on any of these securities and believes 
the unrealized losses are due to fluctuations in fair values resulting from changes in market interest rates 
and are considered temporary as of December 31, 2019. 

       All  municipal securities held in the investment portfolio are reviewed on least a quarterly basis for 
impairment.  Each  bond  carries  an investment  grade rating  by  either  Moody’s  or  Standard  &  Poor’s. In 
addition,  the  Company  periodically  conducts  its  own  independent  review  on  each  issuer  to  ensure  the 
financial stability of the municipal entity. The largest geographic concentration was in Pennsylvania and 
New Jersey and consisted of either general obligation or revenue bonds backed by the taxing power of the 
issuing municipality. At December 31, 2019, the investment portfolio had no municipal securities that were 
in an unrealized loss position.  

At  December  31,  2019,  the  investment  portfolio  included  seven  corporate  bonds  that  were  in  an 
unrealized loss position. Management believes the unrealized losses on these securities were also driven by 
changes in market interest rates and not a result of credit deterioration. The seven corporate bonds are with 
four of the largest U.S. financial institutions. Each financial institution is well capitalized.          

At December 31, 2018, the investment portfolio included one asset-backed security that  was in an 
unrealized loss position. The asset-backed security held in the investment securities portfolio was a Sallie 
Mae bond, collateralized by student loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. This 
security was sold during the first quarter of 2019. 

Proceeds associated with the sale of securities available  for sale in 2019  were $54.7 million. Gross 
gains of $1.2 million and gross losses of $67,000 were realized on these sales. The tax provision applicable 
to the net gains of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $280,000.  

Proceeds associated with the sale of securities available for sale in 2018 were $6.4 million. Gross losses 
of $67,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to the net losses for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 amounted to $18,000. Included in the 2018 sales activity was the sale of one CDO 
security. Proceeds from the sale of the CDO security totaled $660,000. A gross loss of $66,000 was realized 
on this sale. The tax benefit applicable to the net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 
amounted to $17,000. Management had previously stated that it did not intend to sell the CDO security 
prior to its maturity or the recovery of its cost basis, nor would it be forced to sell this security prior to 
maturity or recovery of the cost basis.  This statement was made over a period of several years where there 
was  limited  trading  activity  in  the  pooled  trust  preferred  CDO  market  resulting  in  fair  market  value 
estimates well below the book values. During 2018, management received several inquiries regarding the 
availability of the remaining CDO security and noted an increased level of trading in this type of security. 
As a result of the increased activity and the level of bids received, management elected to sell the remaining 
CDO security resulting in a net loss of $66,000 during 2018.  

Proceeds of sales of securities available for sale in 2017 were $31.2 million. Gross gains of $652,000 
and gross losses of $798,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to the net losses for 
the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $52,000. Included in the 2017 sales activity were the sales 
of two CDO securities. Proceeds from the sale of the CDO securities totaled $1.5 million. Gross losses of 
$798,000 were realized on these sales.  The tax benefit applicable to the net losses for the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $287,000. As a result of the increased activity and the level of bids 
received, management elected to sell two CDOs resulting in a net loss of $798,000 during 2017 which was 
offset  by  gains  on  sales  of  agency  mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and 
corporate bonds.  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In December 2018, twenty-three CMOs and two MBSs with a fair value of $230.1 million that were 
previously classified as available-for-sale were transferred to the held-to-maturity category. The securities 
were transferred at fair value. Unrealized losses of $9.4 million associated with the transferred securities 
will remain in other comprehensive income and be amortized as an adjustment to yield over the remaining 
life  of  the  securities.  At  December  31,  2019,  the  total  approximated  unrealized  loss  of  $8.1  million 
remaining to be amortized includes ten securities previously transferred in July 2014. 

4.  Loans Receivable 

       The following table sets forth the Company’s gross loans by major categories as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Commercial real estate 
Construction and land development 
Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total loans receivable 

Deferred costs (fees) 
Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans receivable 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 
 2019 

December 31, 
 2018 

613,631   $ 
121,395  
223,906  
424,400  
101,320  
263,444  
1,748,096  
99  
(9,266)  
1,738,929   $ 

515,738 
121,042 
200,423 
367,895 
91,152 
140,364 
1,436,614 
(16) 
(8,615) 
1,427,983 

The Company disaggregates its loan portfolio into groups of loans with similar risk characteristics for 
purposes of estimating the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s loan groups include commercial real 
estate,  construction  and  land  development,  commercial  and  industrial,  owner  occupied  real  estate, 
consumer,  and  residential  mortgages.  The  loan  groups  are  also  considered  classes  for  purposes  of 
monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. 

Included in loans are loans due from directors and other related parties of $13.6 million at December 31, 
2019, $13.0 million at December 31, 2018, and $8.9 million at December 31, 2017.  The Board of Directors 
approves loans to individual directors to conform to our underwriting policies. The following presents the 
activity in amount due from directors and  other related parties for  the  years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Balance at beginning of year 
Additions 
Repayments 
Balance at end of year 

December 31,  
2019 

  December 31, 

2018 

December 31, 
2017 

$ 

$ 

13,029 
2,064 
(1,500)   
13,593 

  $ 

  $ 

8,920 
4,812 
(703) 
13,029 

  $ 

  $ 

7,862 
1,896 
(838) 
8,920 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.    Allowances for Loan Losses 

The following tables provide the activity in and ending balances of the allowance for loan losses by 

loan portfolio class at and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Year ended December, 2019 
Allowance for loan losses: 

Beginning balance: 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provisions 
Ending balance 

Year ended December, 2018 
Allowance for loan losses: 

Beginning Balance: 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provisions (credits) 
Ending balance 

Year ended December, 2017 
Allowance for loan losses: 

Beginning Balance: 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provisions (credits) 
Ending balance 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Construction  
and Land 
Development 

Commercial 
and 
Industrial 

Owner 
Occupied 
Real Estate 

Consumer 
and Other 

Residential 
Mortgage 

Unallocated 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,462  $ 
- 
- 
581 
3,043  $ 

777  $ 
- 
- 
(89) 
688  $ 

1,754  $ 
(1,356) 
217 
316 
931  $ 

2,033  $ 
- 
2 
257 
2,292  $ 

577 
(126) 
9 
130 
590 

3,774  $ 
(1,603) 
50 
241 
2,462  $ 

725  $ 
- 
- 
52 

777  $ 

1,317  $ 
(151) 
81 
507 
1,754  $ 

1,737  $ 
(465) 
20 
741 
2,033  $ 

573 
(219) 
3 
220 
577 

3,254  $ 
- 
54 
466 
3,774  $ 

557  $ 
- 
- 
168 
725  $ 

2,884  $ 
(1,366) 
64 
(265) 
1,317  $ 

1,382  $ 
(157) 
- 
512 
1,737  $ 

588 
(53) 
2 
36 
573 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

894  $ 
- 
- 
811 
1,705  $ 

118  $ 
- 
- 
(101) 

17  $ 

8,615 
(1,482) 
228 
1,905 
9,266 

392  $ 
- 
- 
502 
894  $ 

81  $ 
- 
- 
37 
118  $ 

8,599 
(2,438) 
154 
2,300 
8,615 

58  $ 
- 
- 
334 
392  $ 

432  $ 
- 
- 
(351) 

81  $ 

9,155 
(1,576) 
120 
900 
8,599 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     The following tables provide a summary of the allowance for loan losses and balance of loans receivable 
by loan class and by impairment method as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Construction 
and Land 
Development 

Commercial 
and  
Industrial 

Owner 
Occupied  
Real Estate 

Consumer 
and  
Other 

Residential 
Mortgage 

Unallocated 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2019 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

$ 

265  $ 

-  $ 

23  $ 

268  $ 

-  $ 

-  $ 

-  $ 

556 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Total allowance for loan 

2,778 

688 

908 

2,024 

590 

1,705 

17 

8,710 

losses 

$ 

3,043  $ 

688  $ 

931  $ 

2,292  $ 

590  $ 

1,705  $ 

17  $ 

9,266 

Loans receivable: 
Loans evaluated 
individually 
Loans evaluated collectively 
Total loans receivable 

$ 

10,331  $ 

  603,300 
$  613,631  $ 

-  $ 

3,087  $ 

3,634  $ 

1,062  $ 

768  $ 

121,395 
121,395  $  223,906  $  424,400  $  101,320  $  263,444  $ 

  420,766 

  220,819 

  262,676 

  100,258 

18,882 
-  $ 
  1,729,214
- 
4 
-  $  1,748,096 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Construction 
and Land 
Development 

Commercial 
and  
Industrial 

Owner 
Occupied  
Real Estate 

Consumer 
and  
Other 

Residential 
Mortgage 

Unallocated 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2018 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

$ 

295  $ 

-  $ 

867  $ 

217  $ 

94  $ 

-  $ 

-  $ 

1,473 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Total allowance for loan 

2,167 

777 

887 

1,816 

483 

894 

118 

7,142 

losses 

$ 

2,462  $ 

777  $ 

1,754  $ 

2,033  $ 

577  $ 

894  $ 

118  $ 

8,615 

Loans receivable: 
Loans evaluated 
individually 
Loans evaluated collectively 
Total loans receivable 

$ 

10,947  $ 

  504,791 
$  515,738  $ 

-  $ 

3,662  $ 

2,560  $ 

861  $ 

-  $ 

121,042 
121,042  $  200,423  $  367,895  $  91,152  $  140,364  $ 

  365,335 

  196,761 

  140,364 

  90,291 

18,030 
-  $ 
  1,418,584 
- 
-  $  1,436,614 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A loan is considered impaired, when based on current information and events, it is probable that the 
Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual 
terms  of  the  loan.  Impaired  loans  include  nonperforming  loans,  but  also  include  internally  classified 
accruing loans. The following table summarizes information with regard to impaired loans by loan portfolio 
class as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

December 31, 2019 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment 

Related 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment 

December 31, 2018 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Related 
Allowance 

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

265  

-  
23  
268  
-  
-  
556  

265  

-  
23  
268  
-  
-  
556  

$ 

6,332  $ 

6,337  $ 

- 
1,655 
1,905 
710 
- 

$  10,602  $ 

- 
5,418 
2,013 
1,082 
- 
14,850  $ 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$ 

4,615  $ 

5,498  $ 

295 

- 
2,007 
655 
151 
- 
7,428  $ 

- 
2,195 
704 
158 
- 
8,555  $ 

- 
867 
217 
94 
- 
1,473 

$ 

$ 

10,947  $ 

11,835  $ 

295 

- 
3,662 
2,560 
861 
- 
18,030  $ 

- 
7,613 
2,717 
1,240 
- 
23,405  $ 

$ 

- 
867 
217 
94 
- 
1,473 

(dollars in thousands) 
With no related allowance 

recorded: 
Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

$ 

6,186  $ 

6,192  $ 

- 
2,719 
2,127 
1,062 
768 
12,862  $ 

- 
2,989 
2,275 
1,375 
768 
13,599  $ 

Total 

$ 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total 

Total: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total 

$ 

4,145  $ 

4,667  $ 

- 
368 
1,507 
- 
- 
6,020  $ 

- 
383 
1,521 
- 
- 
6,571  $ 

$ 

$ 

10,331  $ 

10,859  $ 

- 
3,087 
3,634 
1,062 
768 
18,882  $ 

- 
3,372 
3,796 
1,375 
768 
20,170  $ 

$ 

103 

 
 
 
                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents additional information regarding the Company’s impaired loans for the 

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

2019 

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

(dollars in thousands) 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total 

$ 

$ 

6,463  $ 

289  

$ 

10,429  $ 

288 

  $             9,579  $ 

- 
2,144 
1,908 
909 
461 
11,885  $ 

$ 

- 
5  
38  
20  
2  
354  

- 
3,341 
2,275 
658 
- 

$ 

16,703  $ 

- 
52 
58 
21 
- 
419 

- 
2,270 
1,894 
801 
26 
14,570  $ 
    $                 

$ 

4,281  $ 

1 

  $ 

3,076  $ 

- 

  $         6,490  $ 

- 
838 
1,071 
30 
- 
6,220  $ 

- 
- 
31 
- 
- 
32 

  $ 

- 
1,862 
969 
191 
- 
6,098  $ 

- 
6 
25 
1 
- 
32 

- 
2,517 
1,390 
420 
- 

  $              

10,817  $ 

Total: 

Commercial real estate 
Construction and land 

development 

Commercial and industrial 
Owner occupied real estate 
Consumer and other 
Residential mortgage 

Total 

$ 

10,744  $ 

290 

  $ 

13,505  $ 

288 

  $              

16,069  $ 

- 
2,982 
2,979 
939 
461 
18,105  $ 

$ 

- 
5 
69 
20 
2 
386 

- 
5,203 
3,244 
849 
- 

  $ 

22,801  $ 

- 
58 
83 
22 
- 
451 

- 
4,787 
3,284 
1,221 
26 

   $     25,387  $ 

366 

- 
37 
58 
21 
1 
483 

14 

- 
68 
32 
10 
- 
124 

380 

- 
105 
90 
31 
1 
607 

The  total  average  recorded  investment  on  the  Company’s  impaired  loans  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were $18.1 million, $22.8 million, and $25.4 million, respectively,  
and  the  related  interest  income  recognized  for  those  dates  was  $386,000,  $451,000,  and  $607,000, 
respectively.   

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio is also monitored by analyzing the age of the 
loans receivable as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due.  The following table 
presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the past due status as of December 31, 2019 and 
2018: 

  (dollars in thousands) 
  At December 31, 2019 
  Commercial real estate 
  Construction and land development 
  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

  (dollars in thousands) 
  At December 31, 2018 
  Commercial real estate 
   Construction and land development 
  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

30-59 
Days  
Past Due 

60-89 
Days  
Past Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total 
Past Due 

Current 

Total 
Loans 
Receivable 

Loans 
Receivable  
> 90 Days  
and Accruing 

$ 

$ 

-  $ 
- 
- 
- 
112 
- 

313  $ 
- 
50 
  1,219 
241 
- 

4,159  $  4,472 
- 
  3,137 
  4,556 
  1,415 
768 
112  $  1,823  $  12,413  $  14,348 

- 
3,087 
3,337 
1,062 
768 

613,631 
$  609,159  $ 
121,395 
  121,395 
223,906 
  220,769 
424,400 
  419,844 
101,320 
99,905 
263,444 
  262,676 
$  1,733,748  $  1,748,096 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days  
Past Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total 
Past Due 

Current 

Total 
Loans 
Receivable 

Loans 
Receivable  
> 90 Days  
and Accruing 

$ 

339  $ 
- 
280 
- 
214 
302 

515,738 
121,042 
200,423 
367,895 
91,152 
140,364 
$  1,135  $  1,574  $  10,341  $  13,050  $  1,423,564  $  1,436,614 

921  $  4,631  $  5,891  $ 
- 
  3,661 
  1,188 
861 
- 

509,847  $ 
121,042 
196,482 
366,054 
90,077 
140,062 

- 
  3,941 
  1,841 
  1,075 
302 

- 
- 
653 
- 
- 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass rating 
and the classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within our internal risk rating system 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

(dollars in thousands) 
At December 31, 2019: 
  Commercial real estate 

Construction and land development 

  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

(dollars in thousands) 
At December 31, 2018: 
  Commercial real estate 

Construction and land development 

  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

Substandard 

Doubtful 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

609,382 
121,395 
220,819 
418,997 
100,258 
262,555 
1,733,406 

$ 

$ 

90 
- 
- 
1,770 
- 
121 
1,981 

$ 

$ 

4,159 
- 
3,087 
3,633 
1,062 
768 
12,709 

$ 

$ 

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

Substandard 

Doubtful 

510,186 
121,042 
196,751 
364,032 
90,291 
140,240 
1,422,542 

$ 

$ 

921 
- 
10 
1,303 
- 
124 
2,358 

$ 

$ 

4,631 
- 
3,382 
2,560 
861 
- 
11,434 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
280 
- 
- 
- 
280 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

613,631 
121,395 
223,906 
424,400 
101,320 
263,444 
1,748,096 

Total 

515,738 
121,042 
200,423 
367,895 
91,152 
140,364 
1,436,614 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows non-accrual loans by class as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

(dollars in thousands) 
  Commercial real estate 
  Construction and land development 
  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

$ 

$ 

4,159 
- 
3,087 
3,337 
1,062 
768 
12,413 

$ 

$ 

4,631 
- 
3,661 
1,188 
861 
- 
10,341 

If these loans were performing under their original contractual rate, interest income on such loans would 
have increased approximately $548,000, $498,000, and $590,000, for 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.   

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

A modification to the contractual terms of a loan which results in a concession to a borrower that is 
experiencing financial difficulty is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).  The concessions 
made in a TDR are those that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower or collateral with similar 
risk characteristics. A TDR is typically the result of efforts to minimize potential losses that may be incurred 
during  loan  workouts,  foreclosure,  or  repossession  of  collateral  at  a  time  when  collateral  values  are 
declining.  Concessions include a reduction in interest rate below current market rates, a material extension 
of time to the loan term or amortization period, partial forgiveness of the outstanding principal balance, 
acceptance of interest only payments for a period of time, or a combination of any of these conditions. 

The following table summarizes information with regard to outstanding troubled debt restructurings at 

December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

  (dollars in thousands) 
  December 31, 2019 
  Commercial real estate 

Construction and land development 

  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

  December 31, 2018 
  Commercial real estate 

Construction and land development 

  Commercial and industrial 
  Owner occupied real estate 
  Consumer and other 
  Residential mortgage 
    Total 

Number of 
Loans 

Accrual 
Status 

Non-
Accrual 
Status 

  Total TDRs 

1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 

1 
- 
3 
1 
- 
- 
5 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,173 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
6,173 

6,316 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
6,316 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
1,224 
242 
- 
- 
1,466 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,173 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
6,173 

6,316 
- 
1,224 
242 
- 
- 
7,782 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All  TDRs  are  considered  impaired  and  are  therefore  individually  evaluated  for  impairment  in  the 
calculation of the allowance for loan losses.  Some TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of 
principal  and  interest  as  restructured  and  could  lead  to  potential  incremental  losses.  These  potential 
incremental losses would be factored into our estimate of the allowance for loan losses. The level of any 
subsequent defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions.  

There were no loan modifications made during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 

that met the criteria of a TDR.  

After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under the most recent 
restructured terms. There were no TDRs that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 
2019. There were three TDRs that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2018.  

There was one residential mortgage in the process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2019. There were 
no residential mortgages in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2018. There was no other real estate 
owned relating to residential real estate at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

6. Other Real Estate Owned 

       Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired as a result of foreclosures or deeds in-lieu-of 
foreclosure. Costs relating to the development or improvement of assets are capitalized, and costs relating 
to holding the property are charged to expense. As of December 31, 2019 the balance of OREO is comprised 
of five properties. 

The following table presents a reconciliation of other real estate owned for the years ended December 

31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Beginning Balance, January 1st 
Additions 
Valuation adjustments 
Dispositions 
Ending Balance 

7.  Premises and Equipment 

December 31, 
2019 

 December 31, 
 2018 

December 31, 
 2017 

$ 

$ 

6,223 
1,225  
(646)  
(5,072)  
1,730  

$ 

$ 

6,966 
315 
(563) 
(495) 
6,223 

  $ 

  $ 

10,174 
291 
(3,000) 
(499) 
6,966 

A summary of premises and equipment is as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Construction in progress 

Less accumulated depreciation 
Net premises and equipment 

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

$ 

$ 

18,991 
58,917 
29,898 
29,067 
13,728 
150,601 
(33,645) 
116,956 

  $ 

  $ 

15,957 
49,204 
20,396 
21,430 
8,041 
115,028 
(27,367) 
87,661 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation  expense  on  premises  and  equipment  amounted  to  approximately  $6.5  million, 
$5.4 million, and $4.6 million in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The construction in progress balance 
of $13.7 million mainly represents costs incurred for the selection and development of future store locations.  
Of this balance, $5.7 million represents land purchased and land deposits for five future store locations. 
Contractual construction commitments related to future store locations were $5.3 million as of December 
31, 2019. 

8.  Borrowings 

Republic  has  a  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  of  Pittsburgh  with  a 
maximum borrowing capacity of $860.5 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019 and 
2018, there were no fixed term borrowings against this line of credit. There were no overnight borrowings 
outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2019.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  had  overnight  borrowings  of 
$91.4 million at a rate of 2.65% against this line of credit. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, FHLB had 
issued  letters  of  credit,  on  Republic’s  behalf,  totaling  $150.0  million  and  $100.0  million,  respectively, 
against its available credit line, primarily to be used as collateral for public funds deposit balances. There 
were no fixed term advances outstanding at any month-end during 2019 and 2018.  At December 31, 2019, 
$1.2 billion of loans collateralized the overnight advance and the letter of credit. The maximum amount of 
overnight borrowings outstanding at any month-end was $69.0 million in 2019 and $206.9 million in 2018. 

Republic also has a line of credit in the amount of $10.0 million available for the purchase of federal 
funds  through  the  Atlantic  Community  Bankers  Bank  (“ACBB”).  At  December  31,  2019  and  2018, 
Republic had no amount outstanding against the line at ACBB. There were no overnight advances on this 
line at any month end in 2019 and 2018. 

Republic also established a line of credit with Zions Bank in the amount of $15.0 million to assist in 
managing  our liquidity  position during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018.  At December  31,  2019  and 
2018, Republic had no amount outstanding against the line at Zions Bank. There were no overnight balances 
on this line at any month end in 2019 and 2018.  

Subordinated  debt  and  corporation-obligated-mandatorily  redeemable  capital  securities  of 

subsidiary trust holding solely junior obligations of the corporation: 

The Company has sponsored two outstanding issues of corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable 
capital  securities  of  a  subsidiary trust holding  solely junior  subordinated  debentures  of  the  corporation, 
more commonly known as trust preferred securities. The subsidiary  trusts are not consolidated  with the 
Company for financial reporting purposes.  The purpose of the issuances of these securities was to increase 
capital.  The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in an amount up to 
25% of total Tier 1 capital. 

In December 2006, Republic Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) issued $6.0 million of trust preferred securities 
to investors and $0.2 million of common securities to the Company.  Trust II purchased $6.2 million of 
junior subordinated debentures of the Company due 2037, and the Company used the proceeds to call the 
securities  of  Republic  Capital  Trust  I  (“Trust  I”).  The  debentures  supporting  Trust  II  have  a  variable 
interest rate, adjustable quarterly, at 1.73% over the 3-month Libor.  The Company may call the securities 
on any interest payment date after five years without a prepayment penalty. 

108 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
On  June  28,  2007,  the  Company  caused  Republic  Capital  Trust  III  (“Trust  III”),  through  a  pooled 
offering, to issue $5.0 million of trust preferred securities to investors and $0.2 million common securities 
to the Company.  Trust III purchased $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company due 
2037,  which  have  a  variable  interest  rate,  adjustable  quarterly,  at  1.55%  over  the  3  month  Libor.  The 
Company has the ability to call the securities on any interest payment date without a prepayment penalty. 

On June 10, 2008, the Company caused Republic First Bancorp Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”) to issue 
$10.8 million of convertible trust preferred securities as part of the Company’s strategic capital plan.  The 
securities were purchased by various investors, including Vernon W. Hill, II, founder and chairman (retired) 
of Commerce Bancorp and, since December 5, 2016, chairman of the Company. This investor group also 
included  a  family  trust  of  Harry  D.  Madonna,  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Republic  First 
Bancorp, Inc, and Theodore J. Flocco, Jr., who, since the investment, has been elected to the Company’s 
Board of Directors and serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Trust IV also issued $0.3 million 
of common securities to the Company.  Trust IV purchased $11.1 million of junior subordinated debentures 
due 2038, which paid interest at an annual rate of 8.0% and were callable after the fifth year under certain 
terms  and  conditions. The  trust  preferred  securities  of  Trust  IV  were  convertible  into  approximately 
1.7 million shares of common stock of the Company, based on a conversion price of $6.50 per share of 
Company common stock. One independent director converted $240,000 of trust preferred securities into 
37,000 shares of common stock in 2017. On January 31, 2018, the Company notified the existing holders 
of Trust IV of its intent to fully redeem these securities in accordance with the Optional Redemption terms 
included in the Indenture Agreement. The securities were redeemed on March 31, 2018 at a price equal to 
the outstanding principal amount. The holders had the option to convert these securities into shares of the 
Company’s common stock at any time until the end of the last business day preceding the redemption date. 
During the first quarter of 2018, $10.1 million of trust preferred securities were converted into 1.6 million 
shares of common stock. After redemption of the remaining securities on March 31 2018, Trust IV was 
dissolved. 

Deferred issuance costs included in subordinated debt were $76,000 and $82,000 at December 31, 2019 
and December 31, 2018, respectively. Amortization of deferred issuance costs were $6,000, $6,000, and 
$29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Deferred issuance costs in 
the amount of $467,000 were recorded against additional paid in capital during the first quarter of 2018 as 
a result of the conversion of trust preferred securities into common stock in accordance with ASC 470-20. 

9.  Deposits 

The following is a breakdown, by contractual maturities of the Company’s certificates of deposit for 

the years 2020 through 2024. 

(dollars in thousands) 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

  Thereafter 

Total 

Certificates of Deposit  $  170,562    $  50,079   

  $   1,130    $  1,071   $ 

737   

$               -  

$   223,579 

Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more totaled $146.8 million and $104.6 million at December 31, 

2019 and 2018, respectively.  

Deposits of related parties totaled $103.0 million and $102.7 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.  Brokered  deposits totaled  $1.0  million and  $18.6  million  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018 
respectively. Overdrafts totaled $540,000 and $277,000 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

109 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.   Income Taxes 

The  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017 

consists of the following: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Current 

Federal 
State 
Deferred 
Federal 
State 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

394 
- 

  $ 

- 
51 

2,137 
- 

(1,524) 
(220) 
(1,350) 

  $ 

2,006 
(479) 
1,578 

  $ 

(5,056) 
- 
(2,919) 

The following table reconciles the difference between the actual tax provision and the amount per the 
statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019, 21.0% for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 and 35.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Tax provision computed at federal statutory rate 
State income tax, net of federal benefit 
Tax exempt interest 
Deferred tax only items 
Effect of change in tax rate 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance adjustment 
Other 
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

(1,018) 
(260) 
(425) 
- 
- 
- 
353 
(1,350) 

  $ 

  $ 

2,143 
(340) 
(430) 
199 
- 
- 
6 
1,578 

  $ 

  $ 

2017 

2,095 
- 
(573) 
- 
7,661 
(12,214) 
112 
 (2,919) 

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 

are as follows:  

(dollars in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred compensation 
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale 
Foreclosed real estate write-downs 
Interest income on non-accrual loans 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Deferred loan costs 
Premises and equipment 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

2,351 
620 
2,495 
996 
541 
5,123 
2,263 
14,389 

1,138 
612 
- 
1,750 
12,639 

$ 

2,185 
591 
3,935 
2,351 
615 
3,541 
1,472 
14,690 

1,103 
634 
619 
2,356 
$  12,334 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
The Company’s net deferred tax asset increased to $12.6 million at December 31, 2019 compared to 
$12.3 million at December 31, 2018. The Company began recognizing an increased provision for federal 
and  state  income  taxes  during  the  first  quarter  of  2018  after  reversing  our  deferred  tax  asset  valuation 
allowance during the fourth quarter of 2017. The company initially recorded a deferred tax asset valuation 
allowance in 2011 and continued to carry this allowance after determining that some portion of the deferred 
tax  asset  balance  may  not  be  realized  within  its  life  cycle  based  on  the  weight  of  available  evidence. 
Adjustments to the valuation allowance resulted in the recognition of a minimal provision for income taxes 
in each period until its reversal in 2017. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018 were (28%) and 15%, respectively.  

The $12.6 million net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2019 is comprised of $5.1 million currently 
recognizable through net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and $7.5 million attributable to several 
items associated with temporary timing differences which will reverse at some point in the future to provide 
a net reduction in tax liabilities. The Company’s largest future reversal relates to its unrealized losses on 
securities available for sale, which totaled $2.5 million as of December 31, 2019.  

The Company evaluates the carrying amount of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis or more 
frequently,  if  necessary,  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  provided  in  FASB  Accounting  Standards 
Codification Topic 740 (ASC 740), in particular, applying the criteria set forth therein to determine whether 
it is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax 
asset will not be realized within its life cycle, based on the weight of available evidence.  If management 
makes a determination based on the available evidence that it is more likely than not that some portion or 
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a valuation allowance is calculated and 
recorded.   These  determinations are inherently subjective and dependent  upon estimates  and  judgments 
concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence.  

The  Company  has  a  federal  NOL  in  the  amount  of  $17.2  million  which  will  begin  to  expire  after 
December 31, 2031 if not utilized prior to that date. In order to realize our deferred tax assets, we must 
generate sufficient taxable income in future years prior to expiration. The $6.9 million NOL generated in 
2019 will not expire. 

In  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance,  the  Company  carefully  weighed  both  positive  and 
negative evidence currently available. Judgment is required when considering the relative impact of such 
evidence. The weight given to the potential effect of positive and negative evidence must be commensurate 
with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. 

The  Company  is  in  a  3-year  cumulative  profit  position  factoring  in  pre-tax  GAAP  income  and 
permanent book/tax differences. Growth in interest-earning assets is expected to continue and is supported 
by the capital raise completed at the end of 2016. The ratio of non-performing assets to total assets along 
with  other  credit  quality  metrics  continue  to  improve.  A  number  of  cost  control  measures  have  been 
implemented to offset the challenges faced in growing revenue as a result of compression in the net interest 
margin. The Company has added 10 store locations in the past 3 years and since the inception of the growth 
and expansion strategy in 2014 almost every new store location has met  or exceeded expectations. The 
success of the expansion into New York, combined with the stabilization of interest rates and continued 
loan growth are expected to improve profitability going forward. 

Conversely, the Company generated a loss in the current year when factoring in pre-tax GAAP income 
and permanent book/tax differences. The Bank’s net interest margin declined during 2019 as a result of the 
challenging interest rate environment which appears to be consistent across the financial services industry. 
Non-accrual loans increased by $2.1 million during 2019 although the ratio of non-performing loans to total 

111 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
loans decreased slightly. Rising interest rates and a downturn in the economy could significantly decrease 
the volume of mortgage loan originations. 

Based on the guidance provided in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740 (ASC 740), 
the Company believed that the positive evidence considered at December 31, 2019 outweighed the negative 
evidence and that it was more likely than not that all of the Company’s deferred tax assets would be realized 
within their life cycle. Therefore, a valuation allowance was not required at December 31, 2019. 

The net deferred tax asset balance was $12.6 million as of December 31, 2019, $12.3 million as of 
December 31, 2018, and $12.7 million as of December 31, 2017. The deferred tax asset will continue to be 
analyzed on a quarterly basis for changes affecting realizability.   

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not, based on the technical 
merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination.  The Company has not identified 
any uncertain tax position as of December 31, 2019. No interest or penalties have been recorded for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. The Internal Revenue Service has completed its audits of 
the  Company’s  federal  tax  returns  for  all  tax  years  through  December  31,  2015.  The  Pennsylvania 
Department of Revenue is not currently conducting any income tax audits. The Company’s federal income 
tax returns filed subsequent to 2016 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. 

11.  Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of 
business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to 
extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve to varying degrees, elements of credit 
and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. 

Credit risk is defined as the possibility of sustaining a loss due to the failure of the other parties to a 
financial instrument to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The maximum exposure to 
credit loss under commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual 
amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same underwriting standards and policies in making 
credit commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk are commitments to extend 
credit of approximately $329.9 million and $286.4 million and standby letters of credit of approximately 
$17.2 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Commitments often expire 
without being drawn upon. Of the $329.9 million of commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2019, 
substantially all were variable rate commitments. 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of 
any  condition  established  in  the  contract.  Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other 
termination clauses and many require the payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected 
to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash 
requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The 
amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the 
customer.  Collateral  held  varies  but  may  include  real  estate,  marketable  securities,  pledged  deposits, 
equipment and accounts receivable. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  conditional  commitments  issued  that  guarantee  the  performance  of  a 
customer  to  a  third  party.  The  credit  risk  and  collateral  policy  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is 
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments. The amount of collateral obtained is 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, 
marketable securities, pledged deposits, equipment and accounts receivable.  Management believes that the 
proceeds  obtained  through  a  liquidation  of  such  collateral  would  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  maximum 
potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees. The current amount of 
liability  as  of  December 31,  2019 and  2018  for  guarantees  under  standby  letters  of  credit  issued  is  not 
material. 

12.  Commitments and Contingencies 

The Company and Republic are from time to time a party (plaintiff or defendant) to lawsuits that are in 
the normal course of business.  While any litigation involves an element of uncertainty, management is of 
the opinion that the liability of the Company and Republic, if any, resulting from such actions will not have 
a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Republic. 

13.  Regulatory Capital 

Dividend payments by Republic to the Company are subject to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 
(the “Banking Code”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”). Under the Banking Code, no 
dividends may be paid except from “accumulated net earnings” (generally, undivided profits). Under the 
FDIA, an insured bank may pay no dividends if  the bank is in arrears in the payment  of any insurance 
assessment due to the FDIC. Under current banking laws, Republic would be limited to $48.2 million of 
dividends plus an additional amount equal to its net profit for 2020, up to the date of any such dividend 
declaration. However, dividends would be further limited in order to maintain capital ratios. 

State and Federal regulatory authorities have adopted standards for the maintenance of adequate levels 
of  capital  by  Republic.  Federal  banking  agencies  impose  four  minimum  capital  requirements  on  the 
Company’s risk-based capital ratios based on total capital, Tier 1 capital, CET 1 capital, and a leverage 
capital ratio. The risk-based capital ratios measure the adequacy of a bank’s capital against the riskiness of 
its  assets  and  off-balance  sheet  activities.  Failure  to  maintain  adequate  capital  is  a  basis  for  “prompt 
corrective action” or other regulatory enforcement action. In assessing a bank’s capital adequacy, regulators 
also consider other factors such as interest rate risk exposure; liquidity, funding and market risks; quality 
and level or earnings; concentrations of credit; quality of loans and investments; risks of any nontraditional 
activities; effectiveness of bank policies; and management’s overall ability to monitor and control risks. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the Company’s and Republic’s capital regulatory ratios calculated based 

on Basel III guidelines at December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

(dollars in thousands) 

At December 31, 2019: 

Total risk based capital 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one risk based 
capital 

Republic 
Company 
    CET 1 risk based 
Republic 
Company 

Tier one leveraged 
capital 

Republic 
Company 

At December 31, 2018: 

Total risk based capital 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one risk based 
capital 

Republic 
Company 

CET 1 risk based 

Republic 
Company 

Tier one leveraged 
capital 

Republic 
Company 

Actual 
Amount  Ratio 

Minimum Capital 
Adequacy 

  Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum Capital 
Adequacy with 
Capital Buffer  

Amount 

Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
Ratio 

  Amount 

$  252,307  11.94 % 
  261,759  12.37 % 

$  169,016  8.00 % 
169,251  8.00 % 

$  221,833  10.50 % 
  222,141  10.50 % 

$  211,270  10.00 % 
- % 
- 

  243,041  11.50 % 
  252,493  11.93 % 

  126,762  6.00 % 
  126,938  6.00 % 

  179,579 
  179,829 

8.50 % 
8.50 % 

  169,016 
- 

8.00 % 
- % 

  243,041  11.50 % 
  241,493  11.41 % 

95,071  4.50 % 
95,203  4.50 % 

  147,889 
  148,094 

7.00 % 
7.00 % 

  137,325 
- 

6.50 % 
- % 

  245,158  7.54 % 
  249,168  7.83 % 

  128,935  4.00 % 
  129,058  4.00 % 

  128,935 
  129,058 

4.00 % 
4.00 % 

  161,169 
- 

5.00 % 
- % 

$  231,610  13.26 % 
  262,964  15.03 % 

$  139,722  8.00 % 
140,009  8.00 % 

$  172,489  9.875 % 
  172,824  9.875 % 

$  174,652  10.00 % 
- % 
- 

  222,995  12.77 % 
  254,349  14.53 % 

  104,791  6.00 % 
  105,007  6.00 % 

  137,539  7.875 % 
  137,821  7.875 % 

  139,722 
- 

8.00 % 
- % 

  222,995  12.77 % 
  243,349  13.90 % 

78,594  4.50 % 
78,755  4.50 % 

  111,341  6.375 % 
  111,570  6.375 % 

  113,524 
- 

6.50 % 
- % 

  222,995  8.21 % 
  254,349  9.35 % 

  108,685  4.00 % 
  108,800  4.00 % 

  108,685 
  108,800 

4.00 % 
4.00 % 

  135,857 
- 

5.00 % 
- % 

Management believes that Republic met, as of December 31, 2019, all capital adequacy requirements 
to which it is subject. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the FDIC categorized Republic as well capitalized 
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act.  There are no calculations or events since that notification that management believes have changed 
Republic’s category. 

Under  the  capital  rules,  risk-based  capital  ratios  are  calculated  by  dividing  common  equity  Tier  1, 
Tier 1,  and  total  risk-based  capital,  respectively,  by  risk-weighted  assets.    Assets  and  off-balance  sheet 
credit equivalents are assigned to one of several categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative risk. 
Under applicable capital rules, Republic is required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio requirement  of  4.5%,  a minimum  Tier  1  capital  ratio  requirement  of  6%,  a  minimum  total  capital 
requirement of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4%. Under the rules, in order to avoid 
limitations on capital distributions (including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments 
to executive officers), a banking organization must hold a capital conservation buffer comprised of common 
equity Tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of 
total risk-weighted assets.  The capital conservation buffer, which is composed of common equity Tier 1 
capital, began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and was phased in over a three year period (increasing 
by  that  amount  on  each  January  1,  until  it  reached  2.5%  on  January  1,  2019).    Implementation  of  the 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
deductions  and  other adjustments  to  common  equity Tier  1 capital  began  on January  1,  2015 and  were 
phased-in over a three-year period.  

The following table shows the required capital ratios with the conversation buffer over the phase-in 

period. 

Basel III Community Banks 
Minimum Capital Ratio Requirements 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

5.125%   
6.625%   
8.625%   

5.750%   
7.250%   
9.250%   

6.375%   
7.875%   
9.875%   

7.000% 
8.500% 
10.500% 

The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2019, all capital adequacy requirements are met under 

the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis.  

14.   Benefit Plans 

Defined Contribution Plan 

The  Company  has  a  defined  contribution  plan  pursuant  to  the  provision  of  401(k)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code. The Plan covers all full-time employees who meet age and service requirements. The plan 
provides for elective employee contributions with a matching contribution from the Company limited to 
4% of total salary. The total expense charged to Republic, and included in salaries and employee benefits 
relating to the plan, was $1.2 million in 2019, $1.1 million in 2018, and $927,000 in 2017. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Plans 

The  Company  has agreements  that  provide for  an  annuity  payment  upon the  retirement  or  death of 
certain directors and officers, ranging from $15,000 to $25,000 per year for ten years. The agreements were 
modified for most participants in 2001, to establish a minimum age of 65 to qualify for the payments. All 
participants  are  fully  vested.  The  accrued  benefits  under  the  plan  amounted  to  $1.1  million  at  both 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, which is included in other liabilities. The expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, totaled $16,000, $18,000, and $24,000, respectively, which is 
included in salaries and employee benefits. The Company funded the plan through the purchase of certain 
life insurance contracts. The aggregate cash surrender value of these contracts (owned by the Company) 
was $2.6 million at December 31, 2019 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2018 and is included in other 
assets. 

The  Company  maintains  a  deferred  compensation  plan  for  the  benefit  of  certain  officers  and 
directors. The plan permitted certain participants to make elective contributions to their accounts, subject 
to  applicable  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  In  addition,  the  Company  made  discretionary 
contributions to participant accounts. Company contributions were subject to vesting, and generally vested 
three years after the end of the plan year to which the contribution applied, subject to acceleration of vesting 
upon certain changes in control (as defined in the plan) and to forfeiture upon termination for cause (as 
defined  in  the  plan). No  future  contributions  are  permitted.  Participant  accounts  are  adjusted  to  reflect 
distributions, and income, gains, losses, and expenses as if the accounts had been invested  in permitted 
investments  selected  by  the  participants,  including  Company  common  stock.  The  plan  provides  for 
distributions upon retirement and, subject to applicable limitations under the Internal Revenue Code, limited 
hardship  withdrawals.  As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  $1.3  million  and  $1.2  million  in  benefits, 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
respectively, had vested and the accrued benefits are included in other liabilities. Expense recognized for 
the deferred compensation plan for 2019 and 2017 was $2,000 and $28,000, respectively, and is included 
in  salaries  and  employee  benefits. A  reduction  in  expense  of  $15,000  was  recognized  for  the  deferred 
compensation plan during 2018. Although the plan is an unfunded plan, and does not require the Company 
to segregate any assets, the Company has purchased shares of Company common stock in anticipation of 
its obligation to pay benefits under the plan.  Such shares are classified in the financial statements as stock 
held by deferred compensation plan. No purchases were made in 2019, 2018, and 2017. As of December 
31, 2019, approximately 25,437 shares of Company common stock were classified as stock held by deferred 
compensation plan. 

15.  Fair Value Measurements and Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; 
however,  there  are  inherent  weaknesses  in  any  estimation  technique.  Therefore,  for  substantially  all 
financial  instruments,  the  fair  value  estimates  herein  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the  amounts  the 
Company  could  have  realized  in  a  sales  transaction  on  the  dates  indicated.  The  estimated  fair  value 
amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been re-evaluated or updated for 
purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective  dates.  As such,  the estimated fair 
values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the 
amounts reported at each year-end. 

The Company follows the guidance issued under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, which defines 
fair  value,  establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  under  GAAP,  and  identifies  required 
disclosures on fair value measurements. 

ASC  820  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  methods  used  to 
measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets 
for identical assets  or  liabilities (Level  1 measurements) and  the  lowest priority  to unobservable  inputs 
(Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are as follows: 

Level 1:  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for 
identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities. 

Level 2:  Quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  inputs  that  are  observable  either  directly  or 
indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. 

Level 3:  Prices  or  valuation  techniques  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported with little or no market activity). 

An asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is 

significant to the fair value measurement. 

116 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level 

within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were as follows: 

(Level 1) 
Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 

(Level 2) 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

(Level 3) 
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

38,305 
331,438 
98,937 
4,082 
63,460 
536,222 

10,345 
- 
362 
4 
2 

- 
133 
83 

196,259 
38,499 
20,639 
56,205 
6,343 
317,945 

20,887 
- 
410 
5 
10 

- 
138 
230 

- 
- 
- 
- 
2,820 
2,820 

- 
4,447 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
3,069 
- 
3,069 

- 
4,785 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 2019 
Assets: 

U.S. Government agencies 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 

Securities Available for Sale 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 
SBA Servicing Assets 
Interest Rate Lock Commitments 
Best Efforts Forward Loan Sales Commitments 
Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

Liabilities: 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments 
Best Efforts Forward Loan Sales Commitments 
Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

December 31, 2018 
Assets: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Agency mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Corporate bonds 
Asset-backed securities 

Securities Available for Sale 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 
SBA Servicing Assets 
Interest Rate Lock Commitments 
Best Efforts Forward Loan Sales Commitments 
Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

Liabilities: 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments 
Best Efforts Forward Loan Sales Commitments 
Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total 

38,305 
331,438 
98,937 
4,082 
66,280 
539,042 

10,345 
4,447 
362 
4 
2 

- 
133 
83 

196,259 
38,499 
20,639 
59,274 
6,343 
321,014 

20,887 
4,785 
410 
5 
10 

- 
138 
230 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents an analysis of the activity in the SBA servicing assets for the years ended 

December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Beginning balance, January 1st 
Additions 
Fair value adjustments 
Ending balance, December 31st 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

4,785    $ 
1,026     
(1,364)     

4,447    $ 

5,243 
1,000 
(1,458) 
4,785 

  $ 

  $ 

5,352 
1,078 
(1,187) 
5,243 

Fair value adjustments are recorded as loan and servicing fees on the statement of operations.  Servicing 
fee income, not including fair value adjustments, totaled $1.9 million, $2.0 million, and $1.8 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Total loans in the amount of $201.7 million 
at December 31, 2019 and $204.4 million at December 31, 2018 were serviced for others. 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the securities available for sale measured at fair value 
on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017: 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2019 

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
- 
$ 

Corporate 
Bonds 
$ 

3,069 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2018 
Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 

$ 

489 

Corporate 
Bonds 
$  3,086  

Year Ended 
December 31, 2017 

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
1,820 
$ 

Corporate 
Bonds 

$ 

2,971 

- 
     - 

- 
(249 ) 

- 
       237 

- 
- 
- 

- 
(660 ) 
(66 ) 

- 
(17 ) 

- 
-  
-  

- 
1,006 

      - 
(1,539 ) 
(798 ) 

- 
115 

             - 
- 
- 

Level 3 Investments Only 
(dollars in thousands) 
Balance, January 1, 
Security transferred to 

Level 3 measurement 
Unrealized (losses) gains 

Paydowns 
Proceeds from sales 
Realized losses 
Impairment charges on 

Level 3  

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

Balance, December 31, 

$ 

- 
2,820 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 

- 
$  3,069 

$ 

- 
489 

- 
3,086 

$ 

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within 

the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were as follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2019: 
Impaired loans 
Other real estate owned 

December 31, 2018: 
Impaired loans 
Other real estate owned 

(Level 1) 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 

(Level 2) 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

$ 

$ 

- 
- 

- 
- 

$ 

$ 

-
-

-
-

Total 

5,730 
899 

5,955 
1,114 

$ 

$ 

(Level 3) 
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 

$ 

$ 

5,730 
899 

5,955 
1,114 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
                      
 
                      
 
                      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
 
 
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                      
 
 
                      
 
                      
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents additional quantitative information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value 

(dollars in thousands):  

Asset Description 

Fair Value 

December 31, 2019 

Corporate bonds 

$ 

2,820 

SBA servicing assets 

$ 

4,447 

Impaired loans 

$ 

5,730 

Other real estate owned 

$ 

899 

December 31, 2018 

Corporate bonds 

$ 

3,069 

SBA servicing assets 

$ 

4,785 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

Valuation 
Technique 

Discounted  
Cash Flows 

Discounted 
Cash Flows 

Appraised Value of 
Collateral (1) 

Appraised Value of 
Collateral (1) 

Discounted  
Cash Flows 

Discounted 
Cash Flows 

Unobservable Input 

Range (Weighted    
Average)  

Discount Rate 

Conditional  
Prepayment Rate 

Discount Rate 

(6.66%) 

(13.53%) 

(10.75%) 

Liquidation expenses (2) 

9% - 20% (12%) (3) 

Liquidation expenses (2) 

6% - 16% (8%) (3) 

Discount Rate 

Conditional  
Prepayment Rate 

Discount Rate 

(8.24%) 

(10.31%) 

(11.50%) 

Impaired loans 

    Other real estate owned 

$ 

5,955 

$ 

  1,114 

Appraised Value of 
Collateral (1) 

Appraised Value of 
Collateral (1) 

Liquidation expenses (2) 

11% - 24% (13%) (3) 

Liquidation expenses (2) 

(7%) (3) 

(1)  Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which include Level 3 inputs that are not 

identifiable. 

(2)  Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. 
(3)  The range and weighted average of qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses are presented as a 

percent of the appraised value. 

The significant unobservable inputs for impaired loans and other real estate owned are the appraised 
value  or  an  agreed  upon  sales  price.    These  values  are  adjusted  for  estimated  costs  to  sell  which  are 
incremental direct costs to transact a sale such as broker commissions, legal fees, closing costs and title 
transfer fees. The costs must be considered essential to the sale and would not have been incurred if the 
decision to sell had not been made. The costs to sell are based on costs associated with the Company’s 
actual sales of other real estate owned which are assessed annually. 

Fair Value Assumptions 

The  following  information  should  not  be  interpreted  as  an  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  entire 
Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and 
liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the 
estimates,  comparisons  between  the  Company’s  disclosures  and  those  of  other  companies  may  not  be 
meaningful. The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  to  estimate  the  fair  values  of  the 
Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

119 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities 

The  fair value of securities available  for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at 
amortized  cost)  are  determined  by  obtaining  quoted  market  prices  on  nationally  recognized  securities 
exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the 
industry  to  value  debt  securities  without  relying  exclusively  on  quoted  market  prices  for  the  specific 
securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.  For certain 
securities,  which  are  not  traded  in  active  markets  or  are  subject  to  transfer  restrictions,  valuations  are 
adjusted  to  reflect  illiquidity  and/or  non-transferability,  and  such  adjustments  are  generally  based  on 
available  market  evidence  (Level  3).  In  the  absence  of  such  evidence,  management’s  best  estimate  is 
used.  Management’s  best  estimate  consists  of  both  internal  and  external  support  on  certain  Level  3 
investments.  Internal cash flow models using a present value formula that includes assumptions market 
participants would use along with indicative exit pricing obtained from broker/dealers (where available) 
were used to support fair values of certain Level 3 investments.  

The types of instruments valued based on matrix pricing in active markets include all of the Company’s 
U.S. government and agency securities, corporate bonds, asset backed securities, and municipal obligations 
held in the investment securities portfolio. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy. As required by ASC 820-10, the Company does not adjust the matrix pricing for such 
instruments. 

Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, and 
may be adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, with such adjustment generally based on 
available  market  evidence.  In  the  absence  of  such  evidence,  management’s  best  estimate  is  used. 
Subsequent to inception, management only changes Level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by 
evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the 
underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and other 
transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial 
ratios or cash flows. Republic has one Level 3 investment classified as available for sale which is a single 
corporate bond. 

The corporate bond included in Level 3 was transferred from Level 2 in 2010 and is not actively traded.  
Impairment would depend on the repayment ability of the underlying issuer, which is assessed through a 
detailed quarterly review of the issuer’s financial statements. The issuer is a “well capitalized” financial 
institution as defined by federal banking regulations and has demonstrated the ability to raise additional 
capital,  when  necessary,  through  the  public  capital  markets.  The  fair  value  of  this  corporate  bond  is 
estimated by obtaining a price of a comparable floating rate debt instrument through Bloomberg. 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale (Carried at Fair Value) 

The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined by obtaining prices at which they could be 
sold in the  principal market at the measurement date and  are classified within Level 2 of the fair value 
hierarchy. Republic elected to adopt the fair value option for its mortgage loans held for sale portfolio in 
order  to  more  accurately  reflect  their  economic  value.  Interest  income  on  loans  held  for  sale,  totaled 
$500,000  and  $1.2  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018, 
respectively, are included in interest and fees in the statements of operations. 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following table reflects  the  difference  between the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for 
sale,  measured  at  fair  value  and  the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  that  Republic  is  contractually 
entitled to receive at maturity as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands): 

Carrying 
Amount 
10,345 

20,887 

$ 

$ 

Aggregate Unpaid 
Principal Balance 

Excess Carrying 
Amount Over 
Aggregate Unpaid 
Principal Balance 

  $ 

  $ 

9,983 

20,071 

  $ 

  $ 

362 

816 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

Changes  in  the excess carrying amount over  aggregate unpaid principal balance are recorded in the 
statement of operations in mortgage banking income. Republic did not have any mortgage loans held for 
sale recorded at fair value that were 90 or more days past due and on non-accrual at December 31, 2019 
and December 31, 2018. 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments (“IRLC”) 

The Company determines the value of IRLCs by comparing the market price to the price locked in with 
the customer, adding fees or points to be collected at closing, subtracting commissions to be paid at closing, 
and subtracting estimated remaining loan origination costs to the bank based on the processing status of the 
loan. The Company also considers pull-through as it determines the fair value of IRLCs. Factors that affect 
pull-through rates include the origination channel, current mortgage interest rates in the market versus the 
interest rate incorporated in the IRLC, the purpose of the mortgage (purchase versus financing), the stage 
of  completion  of the underlying  application  and  underwriting  process,  and  the  time remaining  until  the 
IRLC expires. IRLCs are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. 

Best Efforts Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

Best efforts forward loan sales commitments are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments fix the forward sales price that will be realized upon the sale 
of mortgage loans into the secondary market. Best efforts forward loan sales commitments are entered into 
for loans at the time the borrower commitment is made. These best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
are valued using the committed price to the counterparty against the current market price of the interest rate 
lock commitment or mortgage loan held for sale. 

Mandatory Forward Loan Sales Commitments 

Fair values for mandatory forward loan sales commitments are based on fair values of the underlying 
mortgage loans and the probability of such commitments  being exercised. Due to the observable inputs 
used  by  Republic,  best  efforts  mandatory  loan  sales  commitments  are  classified  within  Level  2  of  the 
valuation hierarchy. 

Impaired Loans (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value) 

Impaired loans are those that the Company has measured impairment based on the fair value of the 
loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of the 
properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds.  These assets are included as Level 
3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The 
fair value consists of the loan balances less any valuation allowance.  The valuation allowance amount is 
calculated as the difference between the recorded investment in a loan and the present value of expected 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
future  cash  flows  or  it  is  calculated  based  on  discounted  collateral  values  if  the  loans  are  collateral 
dependent. 

Other Real Estate Owned (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value) 

These assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is determined through valuations 
periodically performed by third-party appraisers, and the real estate is carried at the lower of its carrying 
amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any declines in the fair value of the real estate properties 
below the initial cost basis are recorded through a valuation expense. At December 31, 2019 and December 
31,  2018,  these  assets  are  carried  at  current  fair  value  and  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy. 

SBA Servicing Asset (Carried at Fair Value) 

The SBA servicing asset is initially recorded when loans are sold and the servicing rights are retained 
and recorded on the balance sheet.  An updated fair value is obtained from an independent third party on a 
quarterly basis and adjustments are presented as loan and servicing fees on the statement of income. The 
valuation begins with the projection of future cash flows for each asset based on their unique characteristics, 
the Company’s market-based assumptions for prepayment speeds and estimated losses and recoveries.  The 
present value of the future cash flows are then calculated utilizing the Company’s market-based discount 
ratio assumptions.  In all cases, the Company models expected payments for every loan for each quarterly 
period in order to create the most detailed cash flow stream possible.   

The Company uses assumptions and estimates in determining the impairment of the SBA servicing 
asset.    These  assumptions  include  prepayment  speeds  and  discount  rates  commensurate  with  the  risks 
involved and comparable to assumptions used by participants to value and bid serving rights available for 
sale in the market. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the sensitivity of the current fair value 
of  the  SBA  loan  servicing  rights  to  immediate  10%  and  20%  adverse  changes  in  key  assumptions  are 
included in the accompanying table. 

(dollars in thousands) 

SBA Servicing Asset 

December 31, 2019 

  December 31, 2018 

Fair Value of SBA Servicing Asset  

$ 

4,447  

$ 

4,785   

Composition of SBA Loans Serviced for Others 
      Fixed-rate SBA loans 
      Adjustable-rate SBA loans 
                  Total 

2 % 
98 % 
100 % 

2 % 
98 % 
100 % 

Weighted Average Remaining Term 

20.7 years  

20.4 years  

Prepayment Speed 
      Effect on fair value of a 10% increase 
      Effect on fair value of a 20% increase 

Weighted Average Discount Rate 
      Effect on fair value of a 10% increase 
      Effect on fair value of a 20% increase 

13.53 % 
(175 ) 
(338 ) 

10.75 % 
(154 ) 
(298 ) 

$ 

$ 

10.31 % 
(170 ) 
(330 ) 

11.50 % 
(186 ) 
(359 ) 

$ 

$ 

122 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
                     
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of 
future performance.  As indicated, changes in value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally 
cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in value may not 
be linear.  Also in this table, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the value of the 
SBA servicing rights is calculated without changing any other assumption. While in reality, changes in one 
factor may magnify or counteract the effect of the change. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments (Disclosed at notional amounts) 

Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters 
of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into 
account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.  

The  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  at  December  31,  2019  were  as 

follows: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Balance Sheet Data 
Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available for sale 
Investment securities held to maturity 
Restricted stock 
Loans held for sale 
Loans receivable, net 
SBA servicing assets 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate lock commitments 
Best efforts forward loan sales 
Mandatory forward loan sales 

commitments 
commitments 

Financial liabilities: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

168,319 
539,042 
644,842 
2,746 
13,349 
  1,738,929 
4,447 
9,934 
362 
4 
2 

  $ 

168,319 
539,042 
653,109 
2,746 
13,349 
  1,731,876 
4,447 
9,934 
362 
4 
2 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
 (Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs
 (Level 3)

  $ 

168,319  $ 

-  $ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

536,222 
653,109 
2,746 
10,345 
- 
- 
9,934 
362 
4 
2 

- 
2,820 
- 
- 
3,004 
  1,731,876 
4,447 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Deposits 

Demand, savings and money market 
Time 

Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 
Interest rate lock commitments 
Best efforts forward loan sales 
Mandatory forward loan sales 

commitments 
commitments 
Off-Balance Sheet Data 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters-of-credit 

  $ 

$  2,775,584 
223,579 
11,265 
1,630 
- 
133 
83 

  $  2,775,584 
224,095 
8,540 
1,630 
- 
133 
83 

- 
- 

- 
- 

-  $ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

2,775,584  $ 
224,095 
- 
1,630 
- 
133 
83 

- 
- 

- 
- 
8,540 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  at  December  31,  2018  were  as 

follows: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
 (Level 3) 

  $ 

72,473  $ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

-  $ 

317,945 
747,323 
5,754 
20,887 
- 
- 
9,025 
410 
5 
10 

- 
3,069 
- 
- 
5,404 
1,410,945 
4,785 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

72,473 
321,014 
761,563 
5,754 
26,291 
  1,427,983 
4,785 
9,025 
410 
5 
10 

  $ 

72,473 
  321,014 
  747,323 
5,754 
26,291 
  1,410,945 
4,785 
9,025 
410 
5 
10 

  $ 

$  2,238,610 
154,257 
11,259 
558 
- 
138 
230 

  $  2,238,610 
  152,989 
8,279 
558 
- 
138 
230 

- 
- 

- 
- 

-  $ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

2,238,610  $ 
152,989 
- 
558 
- 
138 
230 

- 
- 

- 
- 
8,279 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

(dollars in thousands) 
Balance Sheet Data 
Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available for sale 
Investment securities held to maturity 
Restricted stock 
Loans held for sale 
Loans receivable, net 
SBA servicing assets 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate lock commitments 
Best efforts forward loan sales 
Mandatory forward loan sales 

commitments 
commitments 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 

Demand, savings and money market 
Time 

Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 
Interest rate lock commitments 
Best efforts forward loan sales 
Mandatory forward loan sales 

commitments 
commitments 
Off-Balance Sheet Data 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters-of-credit 

16.  Stock Based Compensation 

The  Company  has  a  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock  Plan  (“the  2005  Plan”),  under  which  the 
Company  granted  options,  restricted  stock  or  stock  appreciation  rights  to  the  Company’s  employees, 
directors,  and  certain  consultants.  The  2005  Plan  became  effective  on  November  14,  1995,  and  was 
amended and approved at the Company’s 2005 annual  meeting of shareholders. Under the terms of the 
2005  Plan,  1.5 million shares  of  common  stock,  plus  an  annual  increase  equal to the  number  of  shares 
needed to restore the maximum number of shares that could be available for grant under the 2005 Plan to 
1.5 million shares, were available for such grants. As of December 31, 2019, the only grants under the 2005 
Plan were option grants. The 2005 Plan provided that the exercise price of each option granted equaled the 
market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Options granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan 
vest within one to four years and have a maximum term of 10 years. The 2005 Plan terminated on November 
14, 2015 in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in the Plan agreement.         

On April 29, 2014 the Company’s shareholders approved the 2014 Republic First Bancorp, Inc. Equity 
Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), under which the Company may grant options, restricted stock, stock units, 
or  stock  appreciation  rights  to  the  Company’s  employees,  directors,  independent  contractors,  and 
consultants.    Under  the  terms  of  the  2014  Plan,  2.6  million  shares  of  common  stock,  plus  an  annual 
adjustment to be no less than 10% of the outstanding shares or such lower number as the Board of Directors 
may determine, are available for such grants. At December 31, 2019, the maximum number of common 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares issuable under the 2014 Plan was 6.4 million shares. During the twelve months ended December 31, 
2019, 1.4 million options were granted under the 2014 Plan with a fair value of $2,799,976. During 2019, 
options to purchase the Company’s common stock were granted to certain employees and directors. The 
exercise price for the options granted was equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on 
the date of grant. The options issued are subject to a one to four year vesting period and expire after ten 
years. 

The Company utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the estimated fair value of 
each stock option granted on the date of the grant.  A summary of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes 
option pricing model for 2019, 2018, and 2017 is as follows: 

Dividend yield(1) 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate(4) 
Expected life(5) 
Assumed forfeiture rate(6) 

2019 

0.0%  
28.81%(2) 
1.42% to 2.78%  
6.25 years  
4.0%  

2018 

0.0%  
28.22%(2) 
2.35% to 2.96%  
6.25 years  
4.0%  

2017 

0.0%  

44.00% to 50.09%(3) 

1.89% to 2.30%  
5.5 to 7.0 years

6.0%  

(1)   A dividend yield of 0.0% is utilized because cash dividends have never been paid. 
(2)   The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock price as adjusted for certain historical periods 

of extraordinary volatility in order to estimate expected volatility. 

(3)   Expected volatility is based on Bloomberg’s five and one-half to seven year volatility calculation for “FRBK” stock. 
(4)   The risk-free interest rate is based on the five to seven year Treasury bond.  
(5)   The expected life reflects a 1 to 4 year vesting period, the maximum ten year term and review of historical behavior. 
(6)   Forfeiture rate is determined through forfeited and expired options as a percentage of options granted over the current three year period. 

During 2019, 842,898 options vested as compared to 753,864 options in 2018 and 529,624 options in 
2017. Expense is recognized ratably over the period required to vest.  At December 31, 2019, the intrinsic 
value of the 4,979,475  options outstanding  was  $1.3 million,  while the intrinsic  value of  the  2,611,960 
exercisable (vested) options was $1.3 million.  During 2019, 185,125 options were forfeited with a weighted 
average grant date fair value of $475,000. 

Information regarding stock based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 

2017 is set forth below: 

Stock based compensation expense recognized 
Number of unvested stock options 
Fair value of unvested stock options 
Amount remaining to be recognized as expense 

2019 
$  2,632,000 
  2,367,515 
$  6,108,271 
$  3,574,740 

2018 
$  2,116,000 
  1,962,163 
$  5,550,820 
$  3,406,394 

2017 

  $  1,842,000 
  1,659,102 
  $  4,587,565 
  $  2,508,314 

The remaining amount of $3.6 million will be recognized ratably as expense through October 2023. 

125 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of stock option  activity  under the Plan as of December 31, 2019, 2018, and  2017 is as 

follows: 

2019 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Shares 

Shares 

Shares 

Outstanding, beginning of year 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

Outstanding, end of year 

   1,356,500 
    (53,550) 
    (185,125) 

3,861,650  $           5.96
6.35
      4.88
6.76
4,979,475  $           6.05

3,005,825  $          4.98
8.34
 1,106,800 
      3.83
 (174,850) 
6.80
    (76,125) 
3,861,650  $          5.96

2,332,900  $           3.70
8.03
   916,000 
      3.26
(197,975) 
7.95
    (45,100) 
3,005,825  $           4.98

Options exercisable at year-end 

2,611,960  $           5.28

1,899,487  $          4.53

1,346,723  $           3.55

Weighted average fair value of 

options granted during the year 

$           2.15

$          2.85

$           3.75

       A  summary  of  stock  option  exercises  and  related  proceeds  during  the  years  end  December  31,  
2019, 2018, and 2017 is as follows: 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019

2017 

Number of options exercised 
Cash received 
Intrinsic value 
Tax benefit 

              53,550   
  $ 
    261,143   
  $          72,187   
         5,159   
  $ 

            174,850 
  $ 
     670,413  
  $        814,855  
  $           12,288  

            197,975 
  $ 
     646,263
  $        991,957 
  $           81,589

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2019: 

                                    Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

Number 
Outstanding 

$1.55 to $3.53 
$3.55 to $3.95 
$3.99 to $7.85 
$8.00 to $9.45 

516,200
650,475
1,928,125
1,884,675
4,979,475

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 

2.5 
4.5 
5.7 
8.2 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 

  $              2.51   
3.62   
5.69   
8.22   
  $              6.05   

    516,200   
648,475 
 423,874 
1,023,411 
2,611,960 

$                  2.51
3.62
4.17
8.19
  $                  5.28

A roll-forward of non-vested options during the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows: 

Nonvested, beginning of year 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Nonvested, end of year 

Number of 
Shares 
1,962,163 
1,356,500 
(842,898) 
(108,250) 
2,367,515 

Weighted-
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value 
$                    2.83 
2.15 
2.83 
2.83 
$                   2.58 

126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  Segment Reporting 

The  Company  has  one  reportable segment: community  banking.    The  community  banking  segment 
primarily  encompasses  the  commercial  loan  and  deposit  activities  of  Republic,  as  well  as,  residential 
mortgage and consumer loan products in the area surrounding its stores. Mortgage loans in Delaware and 
Florida are primarily made to local customers that have second homes (vacation) in Delaware and Florida. 
We do not have loan production offices in those states. 

18.  Transactions with Affiliates and Related Parties 

The Company made payments to related parties in the amount of $1.4 million, $685,000, and $653,000 
during 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The disbursements made during 2019, 2018, and 2017 include 
$1.1 million, $400,000, and $361,000, respectively, in fees for marketing, graphic design, architectural and 
project management services paid to InterArch, a company owned by the spouse of Vernon W. Hill, II. Mr. 
Hill  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Company,  and  beneficially  owns  8.2%  of  the  common  shares  currently 
outstanding.  The  Company  paid  $158,000,  $165,000  and  $172,000  during  2019,  2018,  and  2017  to 
Glassboro  Properties,  LLC  related  to  a  land  lease  agreement  for  its  Glassboro  store.  Mr.  Hill  has  an 
ownership interest in Glassboro Properties LLC, a commercial real estate firm.  

The Company paid $120,000 during 2019, 2018 and 2017 to Brian Communications for public relations 
services  in  addition  to  reimbursements  for  out-of-pocket  expenses  and  other  reimbursable  costs.  Brian 
Tierney,  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  is  the  CEO  of  Brian  Communications,  a  strategic 
communications agency. 

127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Parent Company Financial Information 

The following financial statements for Republic First Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company) should be read 
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the other notes related to the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Balance Sheet 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 
(Dollars in thousands) 

ASSETS  
Cash 
Corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities of 
subsidiary trust holding junior obligations of the corporation 

Investment in subsidiaries 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Liabilities 
   Accrued expenses 
    Corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable     
        securities of subsidiary trust holding solely junior   
        subordinated debentures of the corporation 

Total Liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 

   December 31, 

 2019 

December 31, 
 2018 

$ 

6,327 

$ 

27,722

$ 

$ 

341
245,158
8,640
260,466

341
220,864
7,572
256,499

$ 

33

$ 

51

11,265  
11,298

11,259
11,310

249,168

245,189

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

$ 

260,466

$ 

256,499

128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Income, and Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Interest income 
Total income 

$ 

  $ 

14 
14 

  $ 

13 
13 

Trust preferred interest expense 
Other expenses 
Total expenses 
Net loss before taxes 

Benefit for income taxes 
Loss before undistributed income of 
subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed income of 
subsidiaries 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income 

Shareholders’ equity, beginning of year 
Stock based compensation 
Exercise of stock options 
Conversion of subordinated debt to common   
shares 
Net income (loss) 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 
Shareholders’ equity, end of year 

476 
3,662 
4,138 
(4,124)

(917)

(3,207)

(293)
(3,500) 

(3,500) 
4,586  
1,086 

245,189 
2,632 
261 

- 
(3,500) 
4,586  
249,168 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

441 
4,972 
5,413 
(5,400)

(1,640)

(3,760)

12,387 
8,627  

8,627  
(2,778) 
5,849 

226,460 
2,116 
670 

10,094 
8,627  
(2,778) 
245,189 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

37 
37 

1,225 
1,424 
2,649 
(2,612)

(914)

(1,698)

10,603 
8,905 

8,905 
(215)
8,690 

215,053 
1,842 
646 

229 
8,905 
(215)
226,460 

129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net (loss) income 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net 

cash used in operating activities: 

Share based compensation 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Increase in other assets 
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Investment in subsidiary 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Exercise of stock options 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

(3,500) 

$ 

8,627 

$ 

8,905 

2,632 
6 
(1,069) 
(18) 
293 
(1,656) 

2,116 
6 
(1,639) 
20 
  (12,387) 
(3,257) 

1,842 
29 
(1,342) 
(179) 
  (10,603) 
(1,348) 

  (20,000) 
  (20,000) 

  (30,000) 
  (30,000) 

261 
261 

670 
670 

- 
- 

646 
646 

Decrease in cash 
Cash, beginning of period 
Cash, end of period 

  (21,395) 
  27,722 
6,327 

  $ 

  (32,587) 
  60,309 
$  27,722 

(702) 
  61,011 

$ 

60,309 

130 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) 

 The following represents summarized unaudited quarterly financial data of the Company for each of 

the quarters ended during 2019 and 2018. 

Summary of Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data 
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

December 31st 

September 30th 

June 30th 

March 31st  

For the Quarter Ended 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

25,519 
6,379 
19,140 
300 
4,945 
23,267 
92 
426 

0.01 
0.01 

20,899 
2,783 
18,116 
400 
4,535 
20,102 
372 
1,777 

0.03 
0.03 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2019 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

2018 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share (1): 

26,892 
6,978   
19,914   
1,155   
5,213   
27,488   
(1,031)  
(2,485) 

  $ 

  $ 

26,208 
6,826   
19,382   
450   
6,554   
27,824   
(516)  
(1,822) 

  $ 

  $ 

26,245   
6,874   
19,371   
-   
7,026   
25,911   
105   
381   

(0.04) 
(0.04) 

  $ 
  $ 

(0.03) 
(0.03) 

  $ 
$ 

0.01   
0.01   

  $ 

  $ 

25,293 
5,313   
19,980   
600   
4,888   
22,057   
54   

23,558 
4,412   
19,146   
500   
5,131   
20,833   
622   

  $ 

2,157 

  $ 

2,322 

  $ 

22,324   
3,662   
18,662   
800   
5,768   
20,729   
530   
2,371   

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

0.04 
0.04 

  $ 
  $ 

0.04 
0.04 

  $ 
  $ 

0.04   
0.04   

(1)  Quarterly net income per share does not add to full year net income per share due to rounding. 

131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) By Component (1) 

     The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net 
of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Balance January 1, 2019 

Unrealized gain on securities 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to net income (2) 

Net current-period other comprehensive 

income 

Total change in accumulated other 

comprehensive income 
Balance December 31, 2019 

Balance January 1, 2018 

Reclassification due to the adoption of  

ASU 2018-02 

Unrealized gain on securities 
Net unrealized holding losses on securities 

transferred from available-for-sale to held-
to-maturity 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to net income (2) 

Net current-period other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Total change in accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance December 31, 2018 

Balance January 1, 2017 

Unrealized loss on securities 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to net income (2) 

Net current-period other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Total change in accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance December 31, 2017 

Unrealized Gains 
(Losses) on 
Available-For-Sale 
Securities 

  Unrealized Holding 
Losses on Securities 
Transferred From 
Available-For-Sale 
To Held-To-
Maturity 

Total 

$ 

(4,736) 
4,284 

  $ 

(7,191) 
- 

  $ 

(11,927) 
4,284 

(823) 

3,461 

1,125 

1,125 

3,461 
(1,275) 

  $ 

1,125 
(6,066) 

  $ 

302 

4,586 

4,586 
(7,341) 

(7,150) 

  $ 

(359) 

  $ 

(7,509) 

                   (1,562) 
3,927 

- 

49 

3,976 

2,414 
(4,736) 

(6,831) 
(413) 

94 

(319) 

  $ 

  $ 

(78) 
- 

(6,855) 

101 

(6,754) 

(6,832) 
(7,191) 

(463) 
- 

104 

104 

  $ 

  $ 

(319) 
(7,150) 

  $ 

104 
(359) 

  $ 

(1,640) 
3,927 

(6,855) 

150 

(2,778) 

(4,418) 
(11,927) 

(7,294) 
(413) 

198 

(215) 

(215) 
(7,509) 

  $ 

$ 

  $ 

$ 

  $ 

(1)  All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to other comprehensive income. 
(2)  Reclassification amounts are reported as gains/losses on sales of investment securities, impairment losses, and amortization 

of net unrealized losses on the Consolidated Statement of Income. 

22. Goodwill 

The Company completed an annual impairment test for goodwill as of July 31, 2019 and 2018. Future 
impairment testing will be conducted as of July 31 on an annual basis, unless a triggering event occurs in 
the interim that would suggest impairment, in which case it would be tested as of the date of the triggering 
event. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no goodwill impairment recorded. 
There can be no assurance that future impairment assessments or tests will not result in a charge to earnings. 

132 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 28, 2016, Republic acquired all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests 
of Oak Mortgage Company, LLC (“Oak Mortgage”) and, as a result, Oak Mortgage became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Republic on that date. The Company’s goodwill related to the acquisition of Oak Mortgage 
in July 2016 is detailed below: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Balance 
December 31, 
2018 

Additions/ 
Adjustments 

Amortization 

Balance 
December 31, 
2019 

Amortization Period 
(in years) 

Goodwill 

$ 

5,011 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

5,011 

Indefinite 

(dollars in thousands) 

Balance 
December 31, 
2017 

Additions/ 
Adjustments 

Amortization 

Balance 
December 31, 
2018 

Amortization Period 
(in years) 

Goodwill 

$ 

5,011 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

5,011 

Indefinite 

23. Derivatives and Risk Management Activities 

Republic  did  not  have  any  derivative  instruments  designated  as  hedging  instruments,  or  subject  to 
master netting and collateral agreements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The 
following  table  summarizes  the  amounts  recorded  in  Republic’s  statement  of  financial  condition  for 
derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (in 
thousands): 

December 31, 2019 

  Asset derivatives: 

Balance Sheet 
Presentation 

Fair 
Value 

Notional 
Amount 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Other Assets 
Other Assets 
Other Assets 

  Liability derivatives: 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Other Liabilities 
Other Liabilities 
Other Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

362 
4 
2 

- 
133 
83 

$ 

$ 

14,586 
875 
288 

- 
13,711 
9,614 

December 31, 2018 

  Asset derivatives: 

Balance Sheet 
Presentation 

Fair 
Value 

Notional 
Amount 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Other Assets 
Other Assets 
Other Assets 

  Liability derivatives: 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Other Liabilities 
Other Liabilities 
Other Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

410 
5 
10 

- 
138 
230 

$ 

$ 

16,966 
1,639 
865 

- 
15,327 
18,980 

133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in Republic’s statement of income for derivative 
instruments not designated as hedging instruments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017 (in thousands): 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 

  Asset derivatives: 

Income Statement 
Presentation 

Gain/(Loss) 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  Liability derivatives: 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  $ 

  $ 

(48) 
(1) 
(8) 

- 
5 
147 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018 

  Asset derivatives: 

Income Statement 
Presentation 

Gain/(Loss) 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  Liability derivatives: 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  $ 

  $ 

47 
- 
(9) 

1 
(45) 
(35) 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017 

  Asset derivatives: 

Income Statement 
Presentation 

Gain/(Loss) 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  Liability derivatives: 

IRLC’s 
Best efforts forward loan sales commitments 
  Mandatory forward loan sales commitments 

Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 
Mortgage banking income 

  $ 

  $ 

(76) 
(98) 
(210) 

54 
32 
(157) 

The  fair  value  of  Republic’s  IRLCs,  best  efforts  forward  loan  sales  commitments,  and  mandatory 
forward  loan  sales  commitments  are  based  upon  the  estimated  value  of  the  underlying  mortgage  loan 
(determined  consistent  with  “Loans  Held  for  Sale”),  adjusted  for  (1)  estimated  costs  to  complete  and 
originate the loan, and (2) the estimated percentage of IRLCs that will result in a closed mortgage loan. The 
valuation of the IRLCs issued by Republic includes the value of the servicing released premium. Republic 
sells loans servicing released, and the servicing released premium is included in the market price. 

134 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Revenue Recognition 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” 
(Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. As stated in Note 2 Summary of Significant 
Accounting  Policies,  the  implementation  of  the  new  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
measurement of recognition of revenue. Management determined that a cumulative effect adjustment to 
opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 
2018  are  presented  under  Topic  606,  while  prior  period  amounts  were  not  adjusted  and  continue  to  be 
reported in accordance with our historic accounting under Topic 605. 

Topic  606  does not apply to revenue  associated  with financial instruments, including  revenue from 
loans and investments. In addition, certain non-interest income streams such as gains on sales of residential 
mortgage  and  SBA  loans,  income  associated  with  servicing  assets,  and  loan  fees,  including  residential 
mortgage originations to be sold and prepayment and late fees charged across all loan categories are also 
not in scope of the new guidance. Topic 606 is applicable to non-interest revenue streams such as service 
charges on deposit accounts. However, the recognition of these revenue streams did not change significantly 
upon adoption of Topic 606. Non-interest revenue streams in-scope of Topic 606 are discussed below. 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts 

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of account analysis fees (i.e., net fees earned on analyzed 

business and public checking accounts), ATM fees, NSF fees, and other deposit related fees.  

The Company’s performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly services fees is generally 
satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, over the period in which the service is provided, which is 
typically one month. Revenue is recognized at month end after the completion of the service period and 
payment  for these  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  is  primarily  received  through  a  direct  charge  to 
customers’ accounts. 

ATM fees, NSF fees, and other deposit related fees are largely transactional based, and therefore, the 
Company’s  performance  obligation  is  satisfied,  and  the  related  revenue  recognized,  at  a  point  in  time. 
Payment for these service charges are received immediately through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. 

For the Company, there are no other material revenue streams within the scope of Topic 606. 

The following tables present non-interest income, segregated by revenue streams in-scope and out-of-

scope of Topic 606, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Non-interest income 

In-scope of Topic 606 

Twelve Months Ended 
 December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other non-interest income 

Non-interest income (in-scope of Topic 606) 
Non-interest income (out-of-scope of Topic 606) 

Total non-interest income 

  $ 

7,541 
214 
7,755 
15,983 
  $  23,738 

  $  5,476 
174 
5,650 
  14,672 
  $  20,322 

  $ 

3,904 
177 
4,081 
16,016 
  $  20,097 

135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract Balances 

A contract assets balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer 
pays  consideration (resulting  in  a contract receivable)  or  before  payment is due  (resulting  in a  contract 
asset). A contract liability balance is an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the 
entity has already received payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company’s non-interest 
revenue  streams  are  largely  based  on  transaction  activity,  or  standard  month-end  revenue  accruals.  
Consideration  is  often  received  immediately  or  shortly  after  the  Company  satisfies  its  performance 
obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company does not typically enter into long-term contracts with 
customers,  and  therefore,  does  not  experience  significant  contract  balances.  As  of  December  31,  2019, 
2018, and 2017, the Company did not have any significant contract balances. 

Contract Acquisition Costs 

In  connection  with  the  adoption  of  Topic  606,  an  entity  is  required to  capitalize,  and  subsequently 
amortize as an expense, certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if these costs are 
expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs 
to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained 
(for  example, sales  commission).  The  company  utilizes  the  practical expedient which  allows  entities to 
immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the assets that would have resulted from capitalizing 
these costs would have been amortized in one year or less. Upon adoption of Topic 606, the Company did 
not capitalize any contract acquisition cost. 

25. Leases 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards 
Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). The FASB issued this ASU to increase 
transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the 
balance  sheet  by  lessees  for  those  leases  classified  as  operating  leases  under  current  U.S.  GAAP  and 
disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The new standard was adopted by the Company on 
January 1, 2019. ASU 2016-02 provides for a modified retrospective transition approach requiring lessees 
to recognize and measure leases on the balance sheet at the beginning of either the earliest period presented 
or as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company elected to apply ASU 2016-02 as of the 
beginning of the period of adoption (January 1, 2019) and will not restate comparative periods. Adoption 
of  ASU  2016-02  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  total  operating  lease  liability  obligations  totaling  $35.1 
million  and  the  recognition  of  operating  lease  right-of-use  assets  totaling  $34.2  million  at  the  date  of 
adoption.  The initial  balance  sheet  gross  up  upon  adoption was  related  to  operating  leases  on  land and 
buildings for twenty-three lease agreements. The Company has no finance leases or material subleases for 
which it is the lessor of property. The Company has elected to apply the package of practical expedients 
allowed by the new standard under which the Company need not reassess whether any expired or existing 
contracts are leases or contain leases, the Company need not reassess the lease classification for any expired 
or existing lease, and the Company need not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.  

At  January 1, 2019, the Company had  thirty-four operating leases for real  property, which includes 
operating leases for fifteen branch locations, eight offices that are used for general office space, and eleven 
operating leases for equipment. All of the real property operating leases include one or more options to 
extend the lease term. Five of the operating leases for branch locations are land leases where the Company 
is responsible for the construction of the building on the property. 

At  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  thirty-seven  operating  lease  agreements,  which  include 
operating leases for seventeen branch locations, seven offices that are used for general office space, and 

136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
thirteen operating leases for equipment. Two of the real property operating leases did not include one or 
more  options to  extend the lease term. Five of the operating leases for branch locations are land leases 
where the Company is responsible for the construction of the building on the property. The thirty-seven 
operating leases have maturity dates ranging from January 2020 to December 2058 most of which include 
options for multiple five and ten year extensions which the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. No 
operating leases include variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate, such as the CPI. The 
weighted average remaining operating lease term for these leases is 19.75 years as of December 31, 2019. 

The discount rate used in determining the operating lease liability obligation for each individual lease 
was the assumed incremental borrowing rate for the Company that corresponded with the remaining lease 
term as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed at adoption and as of the lease commencement date for 
leases  subsequently  entered  in  to.  The  weighted average  operating  lease discount  rate  was  3.58%  as  of 
December 31, 2019.  

The following table presents operating lease costs net of sublease income for the twelve months ended 

December 31, 2019. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Operating lease cost 
Sublease income 
Total lease cost 

Twelve Months 
 Ended 
 December 31, 2019 

  $ 

  $ 

6,817 
(302) 
6,515 

Rent expense was approximately $4.4 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 

and 2017, respectively. 

The  following  table  presents  a  maturity  analysis  of  total  operating  lease  liability  obligations  and 
reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to total operating lease liability obligations at December 31, 
2019. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Operating lease payments due: 

Within one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
More than five years 

Total undiscounted cash flows 

Discount on cash flows 

  $ 

Total operating lease liability obligations 

  $ 

December 31, 2019 

7,221 
11,385 
10,028 
70,721 
99,355 
(30,499) 
68,856 

137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents cash and non-cash activities for the twelve months ended December 31, 

2019. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities 

Operating cash flows from operating leases 

Non-cash investing and financing activities 

Additions to Operating leases – right of use asset 

New operating lease liability obligation 

Twelve Months  
Ended  
December 31, 2019 

  $ 

  $ 

5,387 

72,648 

138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tel:   215-564-1900 
Fax:  215-564-3940 
www.bdo.com 

Ten Penn Center 
1801 Market Street, Suite 1700 
Philadelphia, PA 19103 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Republic First Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (the  “COSO  criteria”).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on 
the COSO criteria.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive  income,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three 
years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  and  our  report  dated 
March 16, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Controls. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required 
to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws 
and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the 
PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  the 
standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an understanding  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 

BDO  USA,  LLP,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  partnership,  is  the  U.S.  member  of  BDO  International  Limited,  a  UK  company  limited  by  guarantee,  and  forms  part  of  the 
international BDO network of independent member firms. 

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms. 
139

statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A 
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection
of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are 
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  
March 16, 2020 

140

Item 9:  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A:  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures   

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance 
that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management, 
including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing 
similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

 The Company’s management, with the participation of the principal executive officer and the principal 
financial  officer,  conducted  an  evaluation,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  of  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange 
Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, the principal  executive officer and the principal financial 
officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e), were effective at the reasonable assurance level.  

Changes in Internal Controls 

The  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  also  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting (“Internal Control”) to determine whether any changes 
in Internal Control occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected or 
which are reasonably likely to materially affect Internal Control.  Based on that evaluation, there has been 
no such change during the quarter ended December 31, 2019. 

Management’s Report on Internal Controls 

Management  of  Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc. (the  “Company”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) 
under the Exchange Act. 

The  Company’s  management,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  principal 
executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2019, based on the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
2013, management of the Company has concluded the Company maintained effective internal control over 
financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  Rules  13a-15(f),  as  of 
December 31, 2019. 

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls 

Control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  an 
absolute, level of assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  The design of a control system 
must  reflect the fact that there are resource  constraints, and the benefits of controls must  be considered 
relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of 

141 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The design of any system of controls is 
based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance 
that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections 
of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with 
policies or procedures. 

BDO,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the effectiveness of 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, as stated in their reports, 
which are included herein. 

Item 9B:  Other Information 

None   

Item 10:  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the 
definitive proxy materials of the Company to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in 
connection with the Company’s 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, including, but not necessarily limited 
to, the sections entitled “Board of Directors and Committees” and “Executive Officers and Compensation.”  

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s principal executive officer, 
principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer  or  controller,  or  persons  performing  similar 
functions.  The  text  of  the  Company’s  code  of  ethics  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website  at 
www.myrepublicbank.com. We intend to disclose any changes in or revision to our code of ethics on our 
website, if applicable. 

Item 11:  Executive Compensation 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy materials 
of  the  Company  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s  2020  annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including,  but  not  necessarily  limited  to,  the  section 
entitled “Executive Officers and Compensation.” 

Item  12:  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related 
Stockholder Matters 

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the 
definitive proxy materials of the Company to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in 
connection with the Company’s 2020 annual meeting of shareholders, including, but not necessarily limited 
to, the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” 

142 

 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  December  31,  2019,  with  respect  to  the  shares  of 

common stock that may be issued under the Company’s existing equity compensation plans. 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved 
by security holders 

Number of Shares to be 
Issued Upon Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 

Number of Shares Remaining 
Available for Future Issuance 
Under Equity Compensation 
Plans (Excluding Securities 
Reflected in First Column) 

4,979,475 

$      6.05 

2,083,235 (1) (2) 

- 

- 

            - 

Total 

4,979,475 

$      6.05 

2,083,235 (1) (2)  

(1)  Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as amended and restated in 2005, no additional equity awards  were 

issuable after November 14, 2015. 

(2)  The 2014 Republic First Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan provides for 2,600,000 shares of common stock plus an annual adjustment to be 

no less than 10% of the outstanding shares or such lower number as the Board of Directors may determine, to be available for such grants. 

Item 13:  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy materials 
of  the  Company  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2020 annual  meeting of shareholders, including,  but not necessarily limited to, the sections 
entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Board of Directors and Committees.” 

Item 14:  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy materials 
of  the  Company  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s  2020  annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including,  but  not  necessarily  limited  to,  the  section 
entitled “Information Regarding Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”. 

143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 15:  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

(a)  (1) The following financial statements and related documents of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. are filed 
as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part II – Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data”:  
a.  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018; 
b.  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017; 
c.  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 

2018, and 2017; 

d.  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017; 
e.  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 

2019, 2018, and 2017; and 

f.  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(a)  (2) None  

(a)  (3)  The  exhibits  filed  or  furnished,  as  applicable,  as  part  of  this  report  are  listed  under  Exhibits  at 

subsection (b) of this Item 15. 

(b)  Exhibits 

        The following Exhibits are filed as part of this report.   

Exhibit 
Number 
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

Description 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 

Location 
Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 10, 2017 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Republic First 
Bancorp, Inc. 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Form  S-1 
filed April 23, 2010  (333-166286) 

The Company will furnish to the SEC upon request 
copies of the following documents  relating to the 
Company’s  Floating  Rate  Junior  Subordinated 
Debt Securities due 2037:  (i) Indenture dated as of 
December  27,  2006,  between  the  Company  and 
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as 
trustee;  (ii) 
Amended  and  Restated  Declaration  of  Trust  of 
Republic Capital Trust II, dated as of December 27, 
2006;  and  (iii)  Guarantee  Agreement  dated  as  of 
December  27,  2006,  between  the  Company  and 
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  trustee,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  holders  of  the  capital  securities  of 
Republic Capital Trust II 

144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Exhibit 
Number 
4.2 

4.3 

Description 
The Company will furnish to the SEC upon request 
copies  of the  following  documents  relating to  the 
Company’s  Floating  Rate  Junior  Subordinated 
Debt Securities due 2037: (i) Indenture dated as of 
the  Company  and 
June  28,  2007,  between 
Wilmington  Trust  Company, 
trustee; 
(ii) Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of 
Republic  Capital  Trust  III,  dated  as  of  June  28, 
2007;  and  (iii)  Guarantee  Agreement  dated  as  of 
June  28,  2007,  between 
the  Company  and 
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  trustee,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  holders  of  the  capital  securities  of 
Republic Capital Trust III 

as 

The Company will furnish to the SEC upon request 
copies  of the  following  documents  relating to  the 
Company’s  Fixed  Rate  Junior  Subordinated 
Convertible Debt Securities due 2038: (i) Indenture 
dated as of June 10, 2008,  between the Company 
and  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as  trustee; 
(ii) Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of 
Republic First Bancorp Capital Trust IV, dated as 
of  June  10,  2008;  and  (iii)  Guarantee  Agreement 
dated as of June 10, 2008,  between the Company 
and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, for the 
benefit  of  the  holders  of  the  capital  securities  of 
Republic First Bancorp Capital Trust IV 

4.4 

Description of Capital Securities 

Filed Herewith 

10.1 

Form  of  Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  1, 
2015,  by  and  among,  certain  named  Executive 
Officers, Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Republic 
First Bank* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K 
filed July 14, 2015 

10.2 

Amended  and  Restated  Stock  Option  Plan  and 
Restricted Stock Plan* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 10, 2008 

10.3 

Deferred Compensation Plan* 

10.4 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement 
Plan Agreements between Republic First Bank 
and Certain Directors* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 16, 2010 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q 
filed November 7, 2008 

145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  
10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Description 
Purchase  Agreement  among  Republic  First 
Bancorp, Inc., Republic First Bancorp Capital Trust 
IV,  and  Purchasers  of  the  Trust  IV  Capital  
Securities 

Location 
Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q 
filed November 7, 2008 

Registration  Rights  Agreement  among  Republic 
First Bancorp, Inc. and the Holders of the Trust IV 
Capital Securities 

Incorporated by reference to Form10-Q 
filed November 7, 2008 

Agreement,  dated  March  9,  2017,  between 
Republic First Bancorp, Inc. and Vernon W. Hill II 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 10, 2017 

Employment  Agreement,  dated May  10,  2013,  by 
and  among  Harry  D.  Madonna,  Republic  First 
Bancorp, Inc., and Republic First Bank* 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated 
March 18, 2015, by and among Harry D. Madonna, 
Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  Republic  First 
Bank* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q 
filed May 10, 2013 

Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K 
filed March 20, 2015 

10.10 

Form of Option Award* 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Form  S-1 
filed April 23, 2010 (333-166286) 

10.11 

Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive 
Plan* 

Incorporated  by 
the 
definitive proxy statement on Schedule 
14A filed March 26, 2014 

reference 

to 

10.12 

10.13 

Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Award  –  2014 
Equity Incentive Plan* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 13, 2015 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award – 2014 
Equity Incentive Plan* 

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K 
filed March 13, 2015 

10.14 

Form of Investment Agreement 

10.15 

Limited  Liability  Company  Purchase  Agreement 
dated July 26, 2016 by and among, Republic First 
Bank  d/b/a  Republic  Bank  and  Owners  of  Oak 
Mortgage Company, LLC 

Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K 
filed April 22, 2014 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  form  8-K 
filed August 1, 2016 

21.1 

Subsidiaries of the Company 

23.1 

Consent of BDO USA, LLP 

31.1 

13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)  Certification 

of 
Rule 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Republic 
First Bancorp, Inc. 

Filed Herewith 

Filed Herewith 

Filed Herewith 

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
31.2 

Description 
Rule  13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)  Certification  of  Chief 
Financial Officer of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 

Location 

Filed Herewith 

32.1 

Section 1350 Certification of Harry D. Madonna 

Furnished Herewith 

32.2 

Section 1350 Certification of Frank A. Cavallaro 

Furnished Herewith 

101 

The  following  materials  from  the  Company’s 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended  December  31,  2019,  formatted  in  XBRL 
(eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language);  (i) 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31, 
2019  and  December  31,  2018,  (ii)  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  (iii) 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive 
Income  (Loss)  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2019, 2018, and 2017, (iv) Consolidated Statements 
of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2019, 2018, and 2017, (v) Consolidated Statements 
of  Changes  in  Shareholders’  Equity  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, and (vi) 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

* Constitutes a management compensation agreement or arrangement. 

(c)   All financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not present or not 
present  in  amounts  sufficient  to  require  submission  of  the  schedule  or  because  the  information 
required is included in the respective financial statements or notes thereto contained herein. 

147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

By: 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

By: 

REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. 

/s/ Harry D. Madonna 
Harry D. Madonna 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

/s/ Frank A. Cavallaro 
Frank A. Cavallaro 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below 

by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

Date:  March 16, 2020 

By: 

/s/ Vernon W. Hill, II 
Vernon W. Hill, II, Chairman of the Board 

By: 

/s/ Andrew B. Cohen 
Andrew B. Cohen, Director 

By: 

/s/ Theodore J. Flocco, Jr. 
Theodore J. Flocco, Jr., Director 

By: 

/s/ Lisa R. Jacobs 
Lisa R. Jacobs, Director 

By: 

/s/ Harry D. Madonna 
Harry D. Madonna, Director 

By: 

/s/ Barry L. Spevak 
Barry L. Spevak, Director 

By: 

/s/ Brian P. Tierney 
Brian P. Tierney, Director 

By: 

/s/ Harris Wildstein, Esq. 
Harris Wildstein, Esq., Director 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY 

Exhibit 21.1 

Subsidiary Name 

Jurisdiction of Organization 

Subsidiaries of Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 

  Republic First Bank (dba Republic Bank) 

Pennsylvania 

       Republic Capital Trust II 

       Republic Capital Trust III 

Delaware 

Delaware 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tel:   215-564-1900 
Fax:  215-564-3940 
www.bdo.com 

Ten Penn Center 
1801 Market Street, Suite 1700 
Philadelphia, PA 19103 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1

Republic First Bancorp, Inc 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S­3 
(No. 333-196024 and No. 333-228279) and Form S-8 (No. 333-200868) of Republic First Bancorp, 
Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 16, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial 
statements, and the effectiveness of Republic First Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial 
reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.   

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2020 

BDO  USA,  LLP,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  partnership,  is  the  U.S.  member  of  BDO  International  Limited,  a  UK  company  limited  by  guarantee,  and  forms  part  of  the 
international BDO network of independent member firms. 

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms. 

REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Harry D. Madonna, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Republic First Bancorp, 
Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my knowledge,  this  report does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the  financial statements, and  other  financial  information included  in  this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal control over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)   Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles; 

(c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and    

5.  The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 16, 2020 

/s/ Harry D. Madonna 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPUBLIC FIRST BANCORP, INC. 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Frank A. Cavallaro, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Republic First Bancorp, 
Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my knowledge,  this  report does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or omit  to  state  a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the  financial statements, and  other  financial  information included  in  this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal control over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)   Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles; 

(c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and    

5.  The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 16, 2020 

/s/ Frank A. Cavallaro 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  on  the  date  hereof  (the 
"Report"),  I,  Harry  D.  Madonna,  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  1350,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

result of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 16, 2020 

/s/ Harry D. Madonna 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  Republic  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  on  the  date  hereof  (the 
"Report"), I, Frank A. Cavallaro, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

result of operations of the Company. 

Date: March 16, 2020 

/s/ Frank A. Cavallaro 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION

Headquarters
Republic First Bancorp, Inc.
Two Liberty Place
50 S. 16th Street, Suite 2400
Philadelphia, PA 19102
888.875.2265

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting
Wednesday, April 29, 2019 at 5pm
The Union League of Philadelphia
140 South Broad Street
Philadelphia, PA 19102

Certified Public Accountants
BDO USA, LLP
1801 Market Street
Ten Penn Center, Suite 1700
Philadelphia, PA 19103

Transfer Agent/Registrar
Computershare
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
800.368.5948

Stock Exchange Listing
National NASDAQ Symbol: FRBK

Shareholder Information
For a copy of the Report filed on Form 10K 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and for all other shareholder related information, 
please contact Investor Relations or visit our 
website at: myrepublicbank.com